Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/dispnew.c @ 82990:2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
lib-src/emacsclient.c (copy_from_to, pty_conversation): Re-added SIGIO
hack. (Sigh.)
lisp/frame.el (make-frame-on-tty): Use make-terminal-frame, not
make-frame.
src/dispnew.c (line_hash_code, line_draw_cost): Updated to use
the new display_method parameters.
(Fredraw_frame): fflush the tty only if f is a termcap frame.
(direct_output_for_insert): Updated to use the new display_method
parameters. fflush the tty only if f is a termcap frame.
(direct_output_forward_char, update_frame_1, scrolling): Ditto.
(update_frame_line, Fding, bitch_at_user): Ditto.
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Fail if current frame is not on a tty.
(init_display): Frame size change is safe here.
src/frame.c (Vterminal_frame): Restored previously deleted variable.
(syms_of_frame): Initialize it.
(make_terminal_frame): Copy the frame's display_method from tty_display_info.
(Fmake_terminal_frame): Enable simultaneous X and tty frames (buggy).
(Fredirect_frame_focus): Don't call frame_rehighlight_hook if frame
is on a termcap device.
src/frame.h (struct frame): Renamed display to display_method.
(Vterminal_frame): Re-added declaration.
src/keyboard.c (flow_control): Moved to struct tty_display_info.
(read_avail_input): Check ttys even if there is a read_socket_hook.
(Fset_input_mode): Call reset_sys_modes/init_sys_modes and set
flow_control or meta_key only when the frame is a termcap frame.
(Fcurrent_input_mode): Handle flow_control and meta_key right on
non-termcap frames.
src/scroll.c (calculate_scrolling, calculate_direct_scrolling): Update
to use the new display_method parameters.
(scrolling_1, scroll_cost): Ditto.
src/sysdep.c (init_sys_modes, reset_sys_modes): Always set the
terminal parameters if tty_out->input is not stdin. Updated to the
new location of flow_control.
(hft_init): Moved HFT init code to term_init, as it needs the frame.
src/term.c (tty_display_method_template): New variable.
(update_begin): Added rif hack.
(set_terminal_window, ins_del_lines, term_init): Updated to use the
new display_method parameters.
(insert_glyphs, ins_del_lines): Only call insert_glyphs_hook if the
current frame is not on a tty.
(calculate_costs): Don't calculate costs if not on a tty.
(term_dummy_init): Fixed tty->output initialization. Preallocate Wcm
and display_method.
(term_init): Allocate & initialize display_method. Blindly fixed
WINDOWSNT-specific parts. Added HFT-specific initialization
exception from hft_init.
(delete_tty): Only delete termcap frames. Free() the display_method.
src/termchar.h (struct tty_display_info): Moved high-level terminal
characteristics to struct display_method. Added flow_control and
display_method members.
src/termhooks.h (struct display_method): New struct (renamed from
struct device). Added accessor macros.
src/window.c (init_window_once): Initialize Vterminal_frame.
src/xdisp.c (init_iterator, expose_frame): Added rif hack.
(try_window_id): Updated to use the new display_method parameters.
src/xfaces.c (realize_basic_faces): Don't call
x_update_menu_appearance if the frame is a tty frame.
src/xfns.c (Fx_create_frame): Added rif hack. Initialize
display_method.
(x_create_tip_frame): Initialize display_method.
src/xterm.c (x_display_method): New variable.
(x_flush, x_frame_of_widget, XTmouse_position): Ignore non-X frames.
(x_window_to_scroll_bar, x_window_to_menu_bar): Ditto.
(xim_destroy_callback, xim_instantiate_callback): Ditto.
(frame_highlight, frame_unhighlight): Added rif hack.
(x_initialize): Don't initialize rif. Do initialize x_display_method.
src/xterm.h (x_display_method): New declaration.
git-archimport-id: lorentey@elte.hu--2004/emacs--multi-tty--0--patch-30
author | Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu> |
---|---|
date | Fri, 02 Jan 2004 01:15:26 +0000 |
parents | f3845715a5f6 |
children | 5de4189e659d |
rev | line source |
---|---|
314 | 1 /* Updating of data structures for redisplay. |
51232
07dc24e888c8
(mode_line_string): Remove unused var `f'.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51193
diff
changeset
|
2 Copyright (C) 1985,86,87,88,93,94,95,97,98,1999,2000,01,02,2003 |
18853
4501a367a887
(direct_output_forward_char): Reenable check against
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18774
diff
changeset
|
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
314 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
1777
4edfaa19c7a7
* window.c (window_internal_width): New function.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1766
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
314 | 10 any later version. |
11 | |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
14186
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
ee40177f6c68
Update FSF's address in the preamble.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14125
diff
changeset
|
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
314 | 21 |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
22 #include <config.h> |
314 | 23 #include <signal.h> |
7900
60795e826dad
Put stdio.h after config.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7814
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <stdio.h> |
314 | 25 #include <ctype.h> |
26 | |
21514 | 27 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
28 #include <unistd.h> | |
29 #endif | |
30 | |
3525
58e789baa27a
Include lisp.h earlier (before termhooks.h).
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3517
diff
changeset
|
31 #include "lisp.h" |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
32 #include "systty.h" /* For emacs_tty in termchar.h */ |
314 | 33 #include "termchar.h" |
34 #include "termopts.h" | |
2198 | 35 #include "termhooks.h" |
13526
34382f4e23cb
Always include dispextern.h before cm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13448
diff
changeset
|
36 /* cm.h must come after dispextern.h on Windows. */ |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
37 #include "dispextern.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "cm.h" |
314 | 39 #include "buffer.h" |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
40 #include "charset.h" |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
41 #include "keyboard.h" |
764 | 42 #include "frame.h" |
314 | 43 #include "window.h" |
44 #include "commands.h" | |
45 #include "disptab.h" | |
46 #include "indent.h" | |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
47 #include "intervals.h" |
15065 | 48 #include "blockinput.h" |
21514 | 49 #include "process.h" |
314 | 50 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
51 /* I don't know why DEC Alpha OSF1 fail to compile this file if we |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
52 include the following file. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
53 /* #include "systty.h" */ |
12917 | 54 #include "syssignal.h" |
554 | 55 |
314 | 56 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
57 #include "xterm.h" | |
25012 | 58 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
314 | 59 |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
60 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
61 #include "w32term.h" |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
62 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
63 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
64 #ifdef MAC_OS |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
65 #include "macterm.h" |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
66 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
67 |
25012 | 68 /* Include systime.h after xterm.h to avoid double inclusion of time.h. */ |
69 | |
7808
52e2eb6245d4
Include systime.h after xterm.h.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7648
diff
changeset
|
70 #include "systime.h" |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
71 #include <errno.h> |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
72 |
25012 | 73 /* To get the prototype for `sleep'. */ |
74 | |
75 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H | |
76 #include <unistd.h> | |
77 #endif | |
78 | |
314 | 79 /* Get number of chars of output now in the buffer of a stdio stream. |
25012 | 80 This ought to be built in in stdio, but it isn't. Some s- files |
81 override this because their stdio internals differ. */ | |
82 | |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
83 #ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ |
25012 | 84 |
85 /* The s- file might have overridden the definition with one that | |
86 works for the system's C library. But we are using the GNU C | |
87 library, so this is the right definition for every system. */ | |
88 | |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
89 #ifdef GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
90 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT GNU_LIBRARY_PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
91 #else |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
92 #undef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
5214
c4bf07b226be
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) [__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Alternate definition for the GNU
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
5083
diff
changeset
|
93 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->__bufp - (FILE)->__buffer) |
7558
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
94 #endif |
8497bcb9fb8e
(PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT): If __GNU_LIBRARY__,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7530
diff
changeset
|
95 #else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
26088
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
96 #if !defined (PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT) && HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H && HAVE___FPENDING |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
97 #include <stdio_ext.h> |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
98 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) __fpending (FILE) |
b7aa6ac26872
Add support for large files, 64-bit Solaris, system locale codings.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents:
25781
diff
changeset
|
99 #endif |
7443
a9cb818e5316
[__GNU_LIBRARY__]: Redefine PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT even if already defined.
Roland McGrath <roland@gnu.org>
parents:
7247
diff
changeset
|
100 #ifndef PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT |
314 | 101 #define PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT(FILE) ((FILE)->_ptr - (FILE)->_base) |
102 #endif | |
25012 | 103 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ |
104 | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
105 #if defined(HAVE_TERM_H) && defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
29437 | 106 #include <term.h> /* for tgetent */ |
107 #endif | |
25012 | 108 |
109 /* Structure to pass dimensions around. Used for character bounding | |
110 boxes, glyph matrix dimensions and alike. */ | |
111 | |
112 struct dim | |
113 { | |
114 int width; | |
115 int height; | |
116 }; | |
117 | |
118 | |
119 /* Function prototypes. */ | |
120 | |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
121 static struct glyph_matrix *save_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
122 static void restore_current_matrix P_ ((struct frame *, struct glyph_matrix *)); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
123 static void fake_current_matrices P_ ((Lisp_Object)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
124 static void redraw_overlapping_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
125 static void redraw_overlapped_rows P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 126 static int count_blanks P_ ((struct glyph *, int)); |
127 static int count_match P_ ((struct glyph *, struct glyph *, | |
128 struct glyph *, struct glyph *)); | |
129 static unsigned line_draw_cost P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int)); | |
130 static void update_frame_line P_ ((struct frame *, int)); | |
131 static struct dim allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
132 P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int *)); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
133 static void allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct window *)); |
25012 | 134 static int realloc_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *, struct dim)); |
135 static void adjust_frame_glyphs P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
136 struct glyph_matrix *new_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
137 static void free_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
138 static void adjust_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_matrix *, | |
139 int, int, struct dim)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
140 static void change_frame_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, int)); |
25012 | 141 static void swap_glyph_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
34895
53e52b3525bf
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34893
diff
changeset
|
142 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 143 static int glyph_row_slice_p P_ ((struct glyph_row *, struct glyph_row *)); |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
144 #endif |
25012 | 145 static void fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); |
146 static void build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
147 struct window *)); | |
148 static void build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, | |
149 struct window *)); | |
150 static struct glyph_pool *new_glyph_pool P_ ((void)); | |
151 static void free_glyph_pool P_ ((struct glyph_pool *)); | |
152 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_initially P_ ((void)); | |
153 static void adjust_frame_message_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
154 static void adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
155 static void fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); | |
156 static void build_frame_matrix P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
157 void clear_current_matrices P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
158 void scroll_glyph_matrix_range P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int, | |
159 int, int)); | |
160 static void clear_window_matrices P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
161 static void fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces P_ ((struct glyph_row *, int)); | |
162 static int scrolling_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
163 static int update_window_line P_ ((struct window *, int, int *)); |
25012 | 164 static void update_marginal_area P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
165 static int update_text_area P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 166 static void make_current P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct glyph_matrix *, |
167 int)); | |
168 static void mirror_make_current P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
169 void check_window_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct window *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
170 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
25012 | 171 static void check_matrix_pointers P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, |
172 struct glyph_matrix *)); | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
173 #endif |
25012 | 174 static void mirror_line_dance P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int *, char *)); |
175 static int update_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
176 static int update_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
177 static int update_frame_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int)); | |
178 static void set_window_cursor_after_update P_ ((struct window *)); | |
179 static int row_equal_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
180 struct glyph_row *, int)); |
25012 | 181 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); |
182 static void adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay P_ ((struct frame *)); | |
183 static void reverse_rows P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int)); | |
184 static int margin_glyphs_to_reserve P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object)); | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
185 static void sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
186 struct window *frame_row_to_window P_ ((struct window *, int)); |
25012 | 187 |
188 | |
189 /* Non-zero means don't pause redisplay for pending input. (This is | |
190 for debugging and for a future implementation of EDT-like | |
191 scrolling. */ | |
192 | |
193 int redisplay_dont_pause; | |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
194 |
554 | 195 /* Nonzero upon entry to redisplay means do not assume anything about |
764 | 196 current contents of actual terminal frame; clear and redraw it. */ |
314 | 197 |
764 | 198 int frame_garbaged; |
314 | 199 |
25012 | 200 /* Nonzero means last display completed. Zero means it was preempted. */ |
314 | 201 |
202 int display_completed; | |
203 | |
25012 | 204 /* Lisp variable visible-bell; enables use of screen-flash instead of |
205 audible bell. */ | |
314 | 206 |
207 int visible_bell; | |
208 | |
764 | 209 /* Invert the color of the whole frame, at a low level. */ |
314 | 210 |
211 int inverse_video; | |
212 | |
213 /* Line speed of the terminal. */ | |
214 | |
43713
f92c4d87863a
Change defvar_int def and vars to use EMACS_INT instead of just int.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
42835
diff
changeset
|
215 EMACS_INT baud_rate; |
314 | 216 |
25012 | 217 /* Either nil or a symbol naming the window system under which Emacs |
218 is running. */ | |
314 | 219 |
220 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system; | |
221 | |
222 /* Version number of X windows: 10, 11 or nil. */ | |
25012 | 223 |
314 | 224 Lisp_Object Vwindow_system_version; |
225 | |
25012 | 226 /* Vector of glyph definitions. Indexed by glyph number, the contents |
227 are a string which is how to output the glyph. | |
314 | 228 |
229 If Vglyph_table is nil, a glyph is output by using its low 8 bits | |
25012 | 230 as a character code. |
231 | |
232 This is an obsolete feature that is no longer used. The variable | |
233 is retained for compatibility. */ | |
314 | 234 |
235 Lisp_Object Vglyph_table; | |
236 | |
237 /* Display table to use for vectors that don't specify their own. */ | |
238 | |
239 Lisp_Object Vstandard_display_table; | |
240 | |
25012 | 241 /* Nonzero means reading single-character input with prompt so put |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
242 cursor on mini-buffer after the prompt. Positive means at end of |
25012 | 243 text in echo area; negative means at beginning of line. */ |
244 | |
314 | 245 int cursor_in_echo_area; |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
246 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
247 Lisp_Object Qdisplay_table, Qredisplay_dont_pause; |
25012 | 248 |
314 | 249 |
25012 | 250 /* The currently selected frame. In a single-frame version, this |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
251 variable always equals the_only_frame. */ |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
252 |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
253 Lisp_Object selected_frame; |
25012 | 254 |
255 /* A frame which is not just a mini-buffer, or 0 if there are no such | |
764 | 256 frames. This is usually the most recent such frame that was |
9572 | 257 selected. In a single-frame version, this variable always holds |
258 the address of the_only_frame. */ | |
25012 | 259 |
260 struct frame *last_nonminibuf_frame; | |
261 | |
262 /* 1 means SIGWINCH happened when not safe. */ | |
263 | |
264 int delayed_size_change; | |
265 | |
266 /* 1 means glyph initialization has been completed at startup. */ | |
267 | |
268 static int glyphs_initialized_initially_p; | |
269 | |
270 /* Updated window if != 0. Set by update_window. */ | |
271 | |
272 struct window *updated_window; | |
273 | |
274 /* Glyph row updated in update_window_line, and area that is updated. */ | |
275 | |
276 struct glyph_row *updated_row; | |
277 int updated_area; | |
278 | |
279 /* A glyph for a space. */ | |
280 | |
281 struct glyph space_glyph; | |
282 | |
283 /* Non-zero means update has been performed directly, so that there's | |
284 no need for redisplay_internal to do much work. Set by | |
285 direct_output_for_insert. */ | |
286 | |
287 int redisplay_performed_directly_p; | |
288 | |
289 /* Counts of allocated structures. These counts serve to diagnose | |
290 memory leaks and double frees. */ | |
291 | |
292 int glyph_matrix_count; | |
293 int glyph_pool_count; | |
294 | |
295 /* If non-null, the frame whose frame matrices are manipulated. If | |
296 null, window matrices are worked on. */ | |
297 | |
298 static struct frame *frame_matrix_frame; | |
299 | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
300 /* Current interface for window-based redisplay. Set from |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
301 update_begin. A null value means we are not using window-based |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
302 redisplay. */ |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
303 /* XXX this variable causes frequent coredumps */ |
25012 | 304 |
305 struct redisplay_interface *rif; | |
306 | |
307 /* Non-zero means that fonts have been loaded since the last glyph | |
308 matrix adjustments. Redisplay must stop, and glyph matrices must | |
309 be adjusted when this flag becomes non-zero during display. The | |
310 reason fonts can be loaded so late is that fonts of fontsets are | |
311 loaded on demand. */ | |
312 | |
313 int fonts_changed_p; | |
314 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
315 /* Convert vpos and hpos from frame to window and vice versa. |
25012 | 316 This may only be used for terminal frames. */ |
317 | |
318 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
319 | |
320 static int window_to_frame_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
321 static int window_to_frame_hpos P_ ((struct window *, int)); | |
322 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) window_to_frame_vpos ((W), (VPOS)) | |
323 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) window_to_frame_hpos ((W), (HPOS)) | |
324 | |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
325 /* One element of the ring buffer containing redisplay history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
326 information. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
327 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
328 struct redisplay_history |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
329 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
330 char trace[512 + 100]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
331 }; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
332 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
333 /* The size of the history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
334 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
335 #define REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE 30 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
336 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
337 /* The redisplay history buffer. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
338 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
339 static struct redisplay_history redisplay_history[REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE]; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
340 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
341 /* Next free entry in redisplay_history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
342 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
343 static int history_idx; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
344 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
345 /* A tick that's incremented each time something is added to the |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
346 history. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
347 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
348 static unsigned history_tick; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
349 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
350 static void add_frame_display_history P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
351 static void add_window_display_history P_ ((struct window *, char *, int)); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
352 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
353 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
354 /* Add to the redisplay history how window W has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
355 MSG is a trace containing the information how W's glyph matrix |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
356 has been constructed. PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
357 has been interrupted for pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
358 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
359 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
360 add_window_display_history (w, msg, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
361 struct window *w; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
362 char *msg; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
363 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
364 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
365 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
366 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
367 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
368 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
369 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
370 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
371 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
372 sprintf (buf, "%d: window %p (`%s')%s\n", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
373 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
374 w, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
375 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
376 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)) |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
377 ? (char *) SDATA (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name) |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
378 : "???"), |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
379 paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
380 strcat (buf, msg); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
381 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
382 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
383 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
384 /* Add to the redisplay history that frame F has been displayed. |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
385 PAUSED_P non-zero means that the update has been interrupted for |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
386 pending input. */ |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
387 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
388 static void |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
389 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
390 struct frame *f; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
391 int paused_p; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
392 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
393 char *buf; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
394 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
395 if (history_idx >= REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
396 history_idx = 0; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
397 buf = redisplay_history[history_idx].trace; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
398 ++history_idx; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
399 |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
400 sprintf (buf, "%d: update frame %p%s", |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
401 history_tick++, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
402 f, paused_p ? " ***paused***" : ""); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
403 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
404 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
405 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
406 DEFUN ("dump-redisplay-history", Fdump_redisplay_history, |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
407 Sdump_redisplay_history, 0, 0, "", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
408 doc: /* Dump redisplay history to stderr. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
409 () |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
410 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
411 int i; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
412 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
413 for (i = history_idx - 1; i != history_idx; --i) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
414 { |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
415 if (i < 0) |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
416 i = REDISPLAY_HISTORY_SIZE - 1; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
417 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", redisplay_history[i].trace); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
418 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
419 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
420 return Qnil; |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
421 } |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
422 |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
423 |
25012 | 424 #else /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ |
425 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
426 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS(W, VPOS) ((VPOS) + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (W)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
427 #define WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS(W, HPOS) ((HPOS) + WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (W)) |
25012 | 428 |
429 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG == 0 */ | |
430 | |
431 | |
432 /* Like bcopy except never gets confused by overlap. Let this be the | |
433 first function defined in this file, or change emacs.c where the | |
434 address of this function is used. */ | |
314 | 435 |
436 void | |
437 safe_bcopy (from, to, size) | |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
438 const char *from; |
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
439 char *to; |
314 | 440 int size; |
441 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
442 if (size <= 0 || from == to) |
314 | 443 return; |
444 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
445 /* If the source and destination don't overlap, then bcopy can |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
446 handle it. If they do overlap, but the destination is lower in |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
447 memory than the source, we'll assume bcopy can handle that. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
448 if (to < from || from + size <= to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
449 bcopy (from, to, size); |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
450 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
451 /* Otherwise, we'll copy from the end. */ |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
452 else |
314 | 453 { |
46551
227785e3e29f
(safe_bcopy): Source pointer now points to const.
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46370
diff
changeset
|
454 register const char *endf = from + size; |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
455 register char *endt = to + size; |
314 | 456 |
457 /* If TO - FROM is large, then we should break the copy into | |
458 nonoverlapping chunks of TO - FROM bytes each. However, if | |
459 TO - FROM is small, then the bcopy function call overhead | |
460 makes this not worth it. The crossover point could be about | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
461 anywhere. Since I don't think the obvious copy loop is too |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
462 bad, I'm trying to err in its favor. */ |
314 | 463 if (to - from < 64) |
464 { | |
465 do | |
466 *--endt = *--endf; | |
467 while (endf != from); | |
468 } | |
469 else | |
470 { | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
471 for (;;) |
314 | 472 { |
473 endt -= (to - from); | |
474 endf -= (to - from); | |
475 | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
476 if (endt < to) |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
477 break; |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
478 |
314 | 479 bcopy (endf, endt, to - from); |
480 } | |
1588
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
481 |
732a88db381f
* dispnew.c [not MULTI_FRAME] (Fredraw_display): Pass the correct
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1495
diff
changeset
|
482 /* If SIZE wasn't a multiple of TO - FROM, there will be a |
25012 | 483 little left over. The amount left over is (endt + (to - |
484 from)) - to, which is endt - from. */ | |
314 | 485 bcopy (from, to, endt - from); |
486 } | |
487 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
488 } |
314 | 489 |
25012 | 490 |
491 | |
492 /*********************************************************************** | |
493 Glyph Matrices | |
494 ***********************************************************************/ | |
495 | |
496 /* Allocate and return a glyph_matrix structure. POOL is the glyph | |
497 pool from which memory for the matrix should be allocated, or null | |
498 for window-based redisplay where no glyph pools are used. The | |
499 member `pool' of the glyph matrix structure returned is set to | |
500 POOL, the structure is otherwise zeroed. */ | |
501 | |
502 struct glyph_matrix * | |
503 new_glyph_matrix (pool) | |
504 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
505 { | |
506 struct glyph_matrix *result; | |
507 | |
508 /* Allocate and clear. */ | |
509 result = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
510 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
511 | |
512 /* Increment number of allocated matrices. This count is used | |
513 to detect memory leaks. */ | |
514 ++glyph_matrix_count; | |
515 | |
516 /* Set pool and return. */ | |
517 result->pool = pool; | |
518 return result; | |
519 } | |
520 | |
521 | |
522 /* Free glyph matrix MATRIX. Passing in a null MATRIX is allowed. | |
523 | |
524 The global counter glyph_matrix_count is decremented when a matrix | |
525 is freed. If the count gets negative, more structures were freed | |
526 than allocated, i.e. one matrix was freed more than once or a bogus | |
527 pointer was passed to this function. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
528 |
25012 | 529 If MATRIX->pool is null, this means that the matrix manages its own |
530 glyph memory---this is done for matrices on X frames. Freeing the | |
531 matrix also frees the glyph memory in this case. */ | |
532 | |
533 static void | |
534 free_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
535 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
536 { | |
537 if (matrix) | |
538 { | |
539 int i; | |
540 | |
541 /* Detect the case that more matrices are freed than were | |
542 allocated. */ | |
543 if (--glyph_matrix_count < 0) | |
544 abort (); | |
545 | |
546 /* Free glyph memory if MATRIX owns it. */ | |
547 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
548 for (i = 0; i < matrix->rows_allocated; ++i) | |
549 xfree (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
550 |
25012 | 551 /* Free row structures and the matrix itself. */ |
552 xfree (matrix->rows); | |
553 xfree (matrix); | |
554 } | |
555 } | |
556 | |
557 | |
558 /* Return the number of glyphs to reserve for a marginal area of | |
559 window W. TOTAL_GLYPHS is the number of glyphs in a complete | |
560 display line of window W. MARGIN gives the width of the marginal | |
561 area in canonical character units. MARGIN should be an integer | |
562 or a float. */ | |
563 | |
564 static int | |
565 margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, total_glyphs, margin) | |
566 struct window *w; | |
567 int total_glyphs; | |
568 Lisp_Object margin; | |
569 { | |
570 int n; | |
571 | |
572 if (NUMBERP (margin)) | |
573 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
574 int width = XFASTINT (w->total_cols); |
25012 | 575 double d = max (0, XFLOATINT (margin)); |
576 d = min (width / 2 - 1, d); | |
577 n = (int) ((double) total_glyphs / width * d); | |
578 } | |
579 else | |
580 n = 0; | |
581 | |
582 return n; | |
583 } | |
584 | |
585 | |
586 /* Adjust glyph matrix MATRIX on window W or on a frame to changed | |
587 window sizes. | |
588 | |
589 W is null if the function is called for a frame glyph matrix. | |
590 Otherwise it is the window MATRIX is a member of. X and Y are the | |
591 indices of the first column and row of MATRIX within the frame | |
592 matrix, if such a matrix exists. They are zero for purely | |
593 window-based redisplay. DIM is the needed size of the matrix. | |
594 | |
595 In window-based redisplay, where no frame matrices exist, glyph | |
596 matrices manage their own glyph storage. Otherwise, they allocate | |
597 storage from a common frame glyph pool which can be found in | |
598 MATRIX->pool. | |
599 | |
600 The reason for this memory management strategy is to avoid complete | |
601 frame redraws if possible. When we allocate from a common pool, a | |
602 change of the location or size of a sub-matrix within the pool | |
603 requires a complete redisplay of the frame because we cannot easily | |
604 make sure that the current matrices of all windows still agree with | |
605 what is displayed on the screen. While this is usually fast, it | |
606 leads to screen flickering. */ | |
607 | |
608 static void | |
609 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, x, y, dim) | |
610 struct window *w; | |
611 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
612 int x, y; | |
613 struct dim dim; | |
614 { | |
615 int i; | |
616 int new_rows; | |
617 int marginal_areas_changed_p = 0; | |
25546 | 618 int header_line_changed_p = 0; |
619 int header_line_p = 0; | |
25012 | 620 int left = -1, right = -1; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
621 int window_width = -1, window_height; |
25012 | 622 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
623 /* See if W had a header line that has disappeared now, or vice versa. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
624 Get W's size. */ |
25012 | 625 if (w) |
626 { | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
627 window_box (w, -1, 0, 0, &window_width, &window_height); |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
628 |
25546 | 629 header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w); |
630 header_line_changed_p = header_line_p != matrix->header_line_p; | |
25012 | 631 } |
25546 | 632 matrix->header_line_p = header_line_p; |
25012 | 633 |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
634 /* If POOL is null, MATRIX is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
635 Do nothing if MATRIX' size, position, vscroll, and marginal areas |
25012 | 636 haven't changed. This optimization is important because preserving |
637 the matrix means preventing redisplay. */ | |
638 if (matrix->pool == NULL) | |
639 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
640 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
641 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 642 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); |
643 marginal_areas_changed_p = (left != matrix->left_margin_glyphs | |
644 || right != matrix->right_margin_glyphs); | |
645 | |
646 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p | |
647 && !fonts_changed_p | |
25546 | 648 && !header_line_changed_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
649 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
650 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
25012 | 651 && matrix->window_height == window_height |
652 && matrix->window_vscroll == w->vscroll | |
653 && matrix->window_width == window_width) | |
654 return; | |
655 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
656 |
25012 | 657 /* Enlarge MATRIX->rows if necessary. New rows are cleared. */ |
658 if (matrix->rows_allocated < dim.height) | |
659 { | |
660 int size = dim.height * sizeof (struct glyph_row); | |
661 new_rows = dim.height - matrix->rows_allocated; | |
662 matrix->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xrealloc (matrix->rows, size); | |
663 bzero (matrix->rows + matrix->rows_allocated, | |
664 new_rows * sizeof *matrix->rows); | |
665 matrix->rows_allocated = dim.height; | |
666 } | |
667 else | |
668 new_rows = 0; | |
669 | |
670 /* If POOL is not null, MATRIX is a frame matrix or a window matrix | |
671 on a frame not using window-based redisplay. Set up pointers for | |
672 each row into the glyph pool. */ | |
673 if (matrix->pool) | |
674 { | |
675 xassert (matrix->pool->glyphs); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
676 |
25012 | 677 if (w) |
678 { | |
679 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
680 w->left_margin_cols); |
25012 | 681 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
682 w->right_margin_cols); |
25012 | 683 } |
684 else | |
685 left = right = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
686 |
25012 | 687 for (i = 0; i < dim.height; ++i) |
688 { | |
689 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[i]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
690 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
691 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
25012 | 692 = (matrix->pool->glyphs |
693 + (y + i) * matrix->pool->ncolumns | |
694 + x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
695 |
25012 | 696 if (w == NULL |
697 || row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 698 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 699 { |
700 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
701 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
702 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
703 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
704 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
705 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
706 } | |
707 else | |
708 { | |
709 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
710 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
711 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
712 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
713 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
714 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
715 } | |
716 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
717 |
25012 | 718 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; |
719 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
720 } | |
721 else | |
722 { | |
723 /* If MATRIX->pool is null, MATRIX is responsible for managing | |
52377
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
724 its own memory. It is a window matrix for window-based redisplay. |
a90dea69e764
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Call window_box whenever W is nonzero.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
51413
diff
changeset
|
725 Allocate glyph memory from the heap. */ |
25012 | 726 if (dim.width > matrix->matrix_w |
727 || new_rows | |
25546 | 728 || header_line_changed_p |
25012 | 729 || marginal_areas_changed_p) |
730 { | |
731 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
732 struct glyph_row *end = row + matrix->rows_allocated; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
733 |
25012 | 734 while (row < end) |
735 { | |
736 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
737 = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA], | |
738 (dim.width | |
739 * sizeof (struct glyph))); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
740 |
25012 | 741 /* The mode line never has marginal areas. */ |
742 if (row == matrix->rows + dim.height - 1 | |
25546 | 743 || (row == matrix->rows && matrix->header_line_p)) |
25012 | 744 { |
745 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
746 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
747 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
748 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width; | |
749 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
750 = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
751 } | |
752 else | |
753 { | |
754 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
755 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; | |
756 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] | |
757 = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + dim.width - left - right; | |
758 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] | |
759 = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + dim.width; | |
760 } | |
761 ++row; | |
762 } | |
763 } | |
764 | |
765 xassert (left >= 0 && right >= 0); | |
766 matrix->left_margin_glyphs = left; | |
767 matrix->right_margin_glyphs = right; | |
768 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
769 |
25012 | 770 /* Number of rows to be used by MATRIX. */ |
771 matrix->nrows = dim.height; | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
772 xassert (matrix->nrows >= 0); |
25012 | 773 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
774 if (w) |
25012 | 775 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
776 if (matrix == w->current_matrix) |
25012 | 777 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
778 /* Mark rows in a current matrix of a window as not having |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
779 valid contents. It's important to not do this for |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
780 desired matrices. When Emacs starts, it may already be |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
781 building desired matrices when this function runs. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
782 if (window_width < 0) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
783 window_width = window_box_width (w, -1); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
784 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
785 /* Optimize the case that only the height has changed (C-x 2, |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
786 upper window). Invalidate all rows that are no longer part |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
787 of the window. */ |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
788 if (!marginal_areas_changed_p |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
789 && !header_line_changed_p |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
790 && new_rows == 0 |
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
791 && dim.width == matrix->matrix_w |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
792 && matrix->window_left_col == WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
793 && matrix->window_top_line == WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
37098
e293840c7332
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Don't try to reuse the current
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36697
diff
changeset
|
794 && matrix->window_width == window_width) |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
795 { |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
796 /* Find the last row in the window. */ |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
797 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows && matrix->rows[i].enabled_p; ++i) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
798 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (matrix->rows + i) >= window_height) |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
799 { |
38748
bb32ae33769e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Undo last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38734
diff
changeset
|
800 ++i; |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
801 break; |
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
802 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
803 |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
804 /* Window end is invalid, if inside of the rows that |
38528
c867615c6a26
(adjust_glyph_matrix): In the optimization for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38489
diff
changeset
|
805 are invalidated below. */ |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
806 if (INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
807 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) >= i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
808 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
809 |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
810 while (i < matrix->nrows) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
811 matrix->rows[i++].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
812 } |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
813 else |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
814 { |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
815 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
816 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
817 } |
25012 | 818 } |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
819 else if (matrix == w->desired_matrix) |
25012 | 820 { |
35609
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
821 /* Rows in desired matrices always have to be cleared; |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
822 redisplay expects this is the case when it runs, so it |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
823 had better be the case when we adjust matrices between |
83f1f7fbe26e
(adjust_glyph_matrix): Always clear desired matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35445
diff
changeset
|
824 redisplays. */ |
25012 | 825 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
826 matrix->rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
827 } | |
828 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
829 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
830 |
25012 | 831 /* Remember last values to be able to optimize frame redraws. */ |
832 matrix->matrix_x = x; | |
833 matrix->matrix_y = y; | |
834 matrix->matrix_w = dim.width; | |
835 matrix->matrix_h = dim.height; | |
836 | |
837 /* Record the top y location and height of W at the time the matrix | |
838 was last adjusted. This is used to optimize redisplay above. */ | |
839 if (w) | |
840 { | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
841 matrix->window_left_col = WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
842 matrix->window_top_line = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
25012 | 843 matrix->window_height = window_height; |
844 matrix->window_width = window_width; | |
845 matrix->window_vscroll = w->vscroll; | |
846 } | |
847 } | |
848 | |
849 | |
850 /* Reverse the contents of rows in MATRIX between START and END. The | |
851 contents of the row at END - 1 end up at START, END - 2 at START + | |
852 1 etc. This is part of the implementation of rotate_matrix (see | |
853 below). */ | |
314 | 854 |
855 static void | |
25012 | 856 reverse_rows (matrix, start, end) |
857 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
858 int start, end; | |
314 | 859 { |
25012 | 860 int i, j; |
861 | |
862 for (i = start, j = end - 1; i < j; ++i, --j) | |
863 { | |
864 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
865 initialization. */ | |
866 struct glyph_row temp; | |
867 temp = matrix->rows[i]; | |
868 matrix->rows[i] = matrix->rows[j]; | |
869 matrix->rows[j] = temp; | |
870 } | |
314 | 871 } |
872 | |
25012 | 873 |
874 /* Rotate the contents of rows in MATRIX in the range FIRST .. LAST - | |
875 1 by BY positions. BY < 0 means rotate left, i.e. towards lower | |
876 indices. (Note: this does not copy glyphs, only glyph pointers in | |
877 row structures are moved around). | |
878 | |
879 The algorithm used for rotating the vector was, I believe, first | |
880 described by Kernighan. See the vector R as consisting of two | |
881 sub-vectors AB, where A has length BY for BY >= 0. The result | |
882 after rotating is then BA. Reverse both sub-vectors to get ArBr | |
883 and reverse the result to get (ArBr)r which is BA. Similar for | |
884 rotating right. */ | |
885 | |
886 void | |
887 rotate_matrix (matrix, first, last, by) | |
888 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
889 int first, last, by; | |
314 | 890 { |
25012 | 891 if (by < 0) |
892 { | |
893 /* Up (rotate left, i.e. towards lower indices). */ | |
894 by = -by; | |
895 reverse_rows (matrix, first, first + by); | |
896 reverse_rows (matrix, first + by, last); | |
897 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
898 } | |
899 else if (by > 0) | |
314 | 900 { |
25012 | 901 /* Down (rotate right, i.e. towards higher indices). */ |
902 reverse_rows (matrix, last - by, last); | |
903 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last - by); | |
904 reverse_rows (matrix, first, last); | |
314 | 905 } |
25012 | 906 } |
907 | |
908 | |
909 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph rows of MATRIX. Do it for rows | |
910 with indices START <= index < END. Increment positions by DELTA/ | |
911 DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
912 | |
913 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
914 increment_matrix_positions (matrix, start, end, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 915 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; |
916 int start, end, delta, delta_bytes; | |
917 { | |
918 /* Check that START and END are reasonable values. */ | |
919 xassert (start >= 0 && start <= matrix->nrows); | |
920 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
921 xassert (start <= end); | |
922 | |
923 for (; start < end; ++start) | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
924 increment_row_positions (matrix->rows + start, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 925 } |
926 | |
927 | |
928 /* Enable a range of rows in glyph matrix MATRIX. START and END are | |
929 the row indices of the first and last + 1 row to enable. If | |
930 ENABLED_P is non-zero, enabled_p flags in rows will be set to 1. */ | |
931 | |
932 void | |
933 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, start, end, enabled_p) | |
934 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
935 int start, end; | |
936 int enabled_p; | |
937 { | |
31932
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
938 xassert (start <= end); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
939 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); |
081edde76197
(adjust_glyph_matrix, enable_glyph_matrix_rows):
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31850
diff
changeset
|
940 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
941 |
25012 | 942 for (; start < end; ++start) |
943 matrix->rows[start].enabled_p = enabled_p != 0; | |
944 } | |
945 | |
946 | |
947 /* Clear MATRIX. | |
948 | |
949 This empties all rows in MATRIX by setting the enabled_p flag for | |
950 all rows of the matrix to zero. The function prepare_desired_row | |
951 will eventually really clear a row when it sees one with a zero | |
952 enabled_p flag. | |
953 | |
954 Resets update hints to defaults value. The only update hint | |
955 currently present is the flag MATRIX->no_scrolling_p. */ | |
956 | |
957 void | |
958 clear_glyph_matrix (matrix) | |
959 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
960 { | |
961 if (matrix) | |
314 | 962 { |
25012 | 963 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, 0); |
964 matrix->no_scrolling_p = 0; | |
314 | 965 } |
966 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
967 |
25012 | 968 |
969 /* Shift part of the glyph matrix MATRIX of window W up or down. | |
970 Increment y-positions in glyph rows between START and END by DY, | |
971 and recompute their visible height. */ | |
972 | |
973 void | |
974 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, start, end, dy) | |
975 struct window *w; | |
976 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
977 int start, end, dy; | |
978 { | |
979 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
980 |
25012 | 981 xassert (start <= end); |
982 xassert (start >= 0 && start < matrix->nrows); | |
983 xassert (end >= 0 && end <= matrix->nrows); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
984 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
985 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
986 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
987 |
25012 | 988 for (; start < end; ++start) |
989 { | |
990 struct glyph_row *row = &matrix->rows[start]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
991 |
25012 | 992 row->y += dy; |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
993 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
994 |
25012 | 995 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
996 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
997 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
998 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 999 } |
1000 } | |
1001 | |
1002 | |
1003 /* Mark all rows in current matrices of frame F as invalid. Marking | |
1004 invalid is done by setting enabled_p to zero for all rows in a | |
1005 current matrix. */ | |
1006 | |
1007 void | |
1008 clear_current_matrices (f) | |
1009 register struct frame *f; | |
1010 { | |
1011 /* Clear frame current matrix, if we have one. */ | |
1012 if (f->current_matrix) | |
1013 clear_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
1014 | |
1015 /* Clear the matrix of the menu bar window, if such a window exists. | |
1016 The menu bar window is currently used to display menus on X when | |
1017 no toolkit support is compiled in. */ | |
1018 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
1019 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->current_matrix); | |
1020 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1021 /* Clear the matrix of the tool-bar window, if any. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1022 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1023 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix); |
25012 | 1024 |
1025 /* Clear current window matrices. */ | |
1026 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1027 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 0); | |
1028 } | |
1029 | |
1030 | |
1031 /* Clear out all display lines of F for a coming redisplay. */ | |
314 | 1032 |
21514 | 1033 void |
25012 | 1034 clear_desired_matrices (f) |
1035 register struct frame *f; | |
314 | 1036 { |
25012 | 1037 if (f->desired_matrix) |
1038 clear_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1039 |
25012 | 1040 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) |
1041 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window)->desired_matrix); | |
1042 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1043 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
1044 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->desired_matrix); |
25012 | 1045 |
1046 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
1047 xassert (WINDOWP (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
1048 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
1049 } | |
1050 | |
1051 | |
1052 /* Clear matrices in window tree rooted in W. If DESIRED_P is | |
1053 non-zero clear desired matrices, otherwise clear current matrices. */ | |
1054 | |
1055 static void | |
1056 clear_window_matrices (w, desired_p) | |
1057 struct window *w; | |
1058 int desired_p; | |
1059 { | |
1060 while (w) | |
314 | 1061 { |
25012 | 1062 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
1063 { | |
1064 xassert (WINDOWP (w->hchild)); | |
1065 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild), desired_p); | |
1066 } | |
1067 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
314 | 1068 { |
25012 | 1069 xassert (WINDOWP (w->vchild)); |
1070 clear_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild), desired_p); | |
1071 } | |
1072 else | |
1073 { | |
1074 if (desired_p) | |
1075 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
1076 else | |
314 | 1077 { |
25012 | 1078 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); |
1079 w->window_end_valid = Qnil; | |
314 | 1080 } |
25012 | 1081 } |
1082 | |
1083 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
1084 } | |
1085 } | |
1086 | |
1087 | |
1088 | |
1089 /*********************************************************************** | |
1090 Glyph Rows | |
1091 | |
1092 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph rows. | |
1093 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1094 | |
1095 /* Clear glyph row ROW. Do it in a way that makes it robust against | |
1096 changes in the glyph_row structure, i.e. addition or removal of | |
1097 structure members. */ | |
1098 | |
33527
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1099 static struct glyph_row null_row; |
c4c7abc48752
(null_row): New gloval static variable.
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
33101
diff
changeset
|
1100 |
25012 | 1101 void |
1102 clear_glyph_row (row) | |
1103 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1104 { | |
1105 struct glyph *p[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1106 | |
1107 /* Save pointers. */ | |
1108 p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1109 p[TEXT_AREA] = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1110 p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1111 p[LAST_AREA] = row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1112 | |
1113 /* Clear. */ | |
1114 *row = null_row; | |
1115 | |
1116 /* Restore pointers. */ | |
1117 row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1118 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = p[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1119 row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = p[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]; | |
1120 row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] = p[LAST_AREA]; | |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1121 |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1122 #if 0 /* At some point, some bit-fields of struct glyph were not set, |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1123 which made glyphs unequal when compared with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1124 Redisplay outputs such glyphs, and flickering effects were |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1125 the result. This also depended on the contents of memory |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1126 returned by xmalloc. If flickering happens again, activate |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1127 the code below. If the flickering is gone with that, chances |
30041
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1128 are that the flickering has the same reason as here. */ |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1129 bzero (p[0], (char *) p[LAST_AREA] - (char *) p[0]); |
b20d72b7aa4b
(clear_glyph_row): Add debug code in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29980
diff
changeset
|
1130 #endif |
25012 | 1131 } |
1132 | |
1133 | |
1134 /* Make ROW an empty, enabled row of canonical character height, | |
1135 in window W starting at y-position Y. */ | |
1136 | |
1137 void | |
1138 blank_row (w, row, y) | |
1139 struct window *w; | |
1140 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1141 int y; | |
1142 { | |
1143 int min_y, max_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1144 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1145 min_y = WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1146 max_y = WINDOW_BOX_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1147 |
25012 | 1148 clear_glyph_row (row); |
1149 row->y = y; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1150 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1151 row->height = row->phys_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1152 row->visible_height = row->height; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1153 |
25012 | 1154 if (row->y < min_y) |
38587
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1155 row->visible_height -= min_y - row->y; |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1156 if (row->y + row->height > max_y) |
42e75caf68ff
(shift_glyph_matrix, blank_row): Fix computation
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38528
diff
changeset
|
1157 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y; |
25012 | 1158 |
1159 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1160 } | |
1161 | |
1162 | |
1163 /* Increment buffer positions in glyph row ROW. DELTA and DELTA_BYTES | |
1164 are the amounts by which to change positions. Note that the first | |
1165 glyph of the text area of a row can have a buffer position even if | |
1166 the used count of the text area is zero. Such rows display line | |
1167 ends. */ | |
1168 | |
1169 void | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1170 increment_row_positions (row, delta, delta_bytes) |
25012 | 1171 struct glyph_row *row; |
1172 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1173 { | |
1174 int area, i; | |
1175 | |
1176 /* Increment start and end positions. */ | |
1177 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1178 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1179 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) += delta; | |
1180 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) += delta_bytes; | |
1181 | |
1182 /* Increment positions in glyphs. */ | |
1183 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1184 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i) | |
1185 if (BUFFERP (row->glyphs[area][i].object) | |
1186 && row->glyphs[area][i].charpos > 0) | |
1187 row->glyphs[area][i].charpos += delta; | |
1188 | |
1189 /* Capture the case of rows displaying a line end. */ | |
1190 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0 | |
1191 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1192 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos += delta; | |
1193 } | |
1194 | |
1195 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1196 #if 0 |
25012 | 1197 /* Swap glyphs between two glyph rows A and B. This exchanges glyph |
1198 contents, i.e. glyph structure contents are exchanged between A and | |
1199 B without changing glyph pointers in A and B. */ | |
1200 | |
1201 static void | |
1202 swap_glyphs_in_rows (a, b) | |
1203 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1204 { | |
1205 int area; | |
1206 | |
1207 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1208 { | |
1209 /* Number of glyphs to swap. */ | |
1210 int max_used = max (a->used[area], b->used[area]); | |
1211 | |
1212 /* Start of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1213 struct glyph *glyph_a = a->glyphs[area]; | |
1214 | |
1215 /* End + 1 of glyphs in area of row A. */ | |
1216 struct glyph *glyph_a_end = a->glyphs[max_used]; | |
1217 | |
1218 /* Start of glyphs in area of row B. */ | |
1219 struct glyph *glyph_b = b->glyphs[area]; | |
1220 | |
1221 while (glyph_a < glyph_a_end) | |
1222 { | |
1223 /* Non-ISO HP/UX compiler doesn't like auto struct | |
1224 initialization. */ | |
1225 struct glyph temp; | |
1226 temp = *glyph_a; | |
1227 *glyph_a = *glyph_b; | |
1228 *glyph_b = temp; | |
1229 ++glyph_a; | |
1230 ++glyph_b; | |
314 | 1231 } |
1232 } | |
1233 } | |
25012 | 1234 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1235 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1236 |
1237 /* Exchange pointers to glyph memory between glyph rows A and B. */ | |
1238 | |
1239 static INLINE void | |
1240 swap_glyph_pointers (a, b) | |
1241 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
1242 { | |
1243 int i; | |
1244 for (i = 0; i < LAST_AREA + 1; ++i) | |
1245 { | |
1246 struct glyph *temp = a->glyphs[i]; | |
1247 a->glyphs[i] = b->glyphs[i]; | |
1248 b->glyphs[i] = temp; | |
1249 } | |
1250 } | |
1251 | |
1252 | |
1253 /* Copy glyph row structure FROM to glyph row structure TO, except | |
1254 that glyph pointers in the structures are left unchanged. */ | |
1255 | |
1256 INLINE void | |
1257 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from) | |
1258 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1259 { | |
1260 struct glyph *pointers[1 + LAST_AREA]; | |
1261 | |
1262 /* Save glyph pointers of TO. */ | |
1263 bcopy (to->glyphs, pointers, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1264 | |
1265 /* Do a structure assignment. */ | |
1266 *to = *from; | |
1267 | |
1268 /* Restore original pointers of TO. */ | |
1269 bcopy (pointers, to->glyphs, sizeof to->glyphs); | |
1270 } | |
1271 | |
1272 | |
1273 /* Copy contents of glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. Glyph pointers in | |
1274 TO and FROM are left unchanged. Glyph contents are copied from the | |
1275 glyph memory of FROM to the glyph memory of TO. Increment buffer | |
1276 positions in row TO by DELTA/ DELTA_BYTES. */ | |
1277 | |
1278 void | |
1279 copy_glyph_row_contents (to, from, delta, delta_bytes) | |
1280 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1281 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
1282 { | |
1283 int area; | |
1284 | |
1285 /* This is like a structure assignment TO = FROM, except that | |
1286 glyph pointers in the rows are left unchanged. */ | |
1287 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1288 | |
1289 /* Copy glyphs from FROM to TO. */ | |
1290 for (area = 0; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1291 if (from->used[area]) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1292 bcopy (from->glyphs[area], to->glyphs[area], |
25012 | 1293 from->used[area] * sizeof (struct glyph)); |
1294 | |
1295 /* Increment buffer positions in TO by DELTA. */ | |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
1296 increment_row_positions (to, delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 1297 } |
1298 | |
1299 | |
1300 /* Assign glyph row FROM to glyph row TO. This works like a structure | |
1301 assignment TO = FROM, except that glyph pointers are not copied but | |
1302 exchanged between TO and FROM. Pointers must be exchanged to avoid | |
1303 a memory leak. */ | |
1304 | |
1305 static INLINE void | |
1306 assign_row (to, from) | |
1307 struct glyph_row *to, *from; | |
1308 { | |
1309 swap_glyph_pointers (to, from); | |
1310 copy_row_except_pointers (to, from); | |
1311 } | |
1312 | |
1313 | |
1314 /* Test whether the glyph memory of the glyph row WINDOW_ROW, which is | |
1315 a row in a window matrix, is a slice of the glyph memory of the | |
1316 glyph row FRAME_ROW which is a row in a frame glyph matrix. Value | |
1317 is non-zero if the glyph memory of WINDOW_ROW is part of the glyph | |
1318 memory of FRAME_ROW. */ | |
1319 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
1320 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1321 |
25012 | 1322 static int |
1323 glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row) | |
1324 struct glyph_row *window_row, *frame_row; | |
1325 { | |
1326 struct glyph *window_glyph_start = window_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1327 struct glyph *frame_glyph_start = frame_row->glyphs[0]; | |
1328 struct glyph *frame_glyph_end = frame_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA]; | |
1329 | |
1330 return (frame_glyph_start <= window_glyph_start | |
1331 && window_glyph_start < frame_glyph_end); | |
1332 } | |
1333 | |
30323
4cd1b8fe118c
(direct_output_for_insert): Remove confusing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30307
diff
changeset
|
1334 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
25012 | 1335 |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1336 #if 0 |
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1337 |
25012 | 1338 /* Find the row in the window glyph matrix WINDOW_MATRIX being a slice |
1339 of ROW in the frame matrix FRAME_MATRIX. Value is null if no row | |
1340 in WINDOW_MATRIX is found satisfying the condition. */ | |
1341 | |
1342 static struct glyph_row * | |
1343 find_glyph_row_slice (window_matrix, frame_matrix, row) | |
1344 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
1345 int row; | |
1346 { | |
1347 int i; | |
1348 | |
1349 xassert (row >= 0 && row < frame_matrix->nrows); | |
1350 | |
1351 for (i = 0; i < window_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
1352 if (glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
1353 frame_matrix->rows + row)) | |
1354 break; | |
1355 | |
1356 return i < window_matrix->nrows ? window_matrix->rows + i : 0; | |
1357 } | |
1358 | |
29336
5ccfe8a1638f
(find_glyph_row_slice, swap_glyphs_in_rows): Put in #if 0.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28708
diff
changeset
|
1359 #endif /* 0 */ |
25012 | 1360 |
1361 /* Prepare ROW for display. Desired rows are cleared lazily, | |
1362 i.e. they are only marked as to be cleared by setting their | |
1363 enabled_p flag to zero. When a row is to be displayed, a prior | |
1364 call to this function really clears it. */ | |
1365 | |
1366 void | |
1367 prepare_desired_row (row) | |
1368 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1369 { | |
1370 if (!row->enabled_p) | |
1371 { | |
1372 clear_glyph_row (row); | |
1373 row->enabled_p = 1; | |
1374 } | |
1375 } | |
1376 | |
1377 | |
1378 /* Return a hash code for glyph row ROW. */ | |
1379 | |
1380 int | |
1381 line_hash_code (row) | |
1382 struct glyph_row *row; | |
1383 { | |
1384 int hash = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1385 |
25012 | 1386 if (row->enabled_p) |
1387 { | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1388 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1389 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1390 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1391 while (glyph < end) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1392 { |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1393 int c = glyph->u.ch; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1394 int face_id = glyph->face_id; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1395 if (FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1396 c -= SPACEGLYPH; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1397 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + c; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1398 hash = (((hash << 4) + (hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff) + face_id; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1399 ++glyph; |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1400 } |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1401 |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1402 if (hash == 0) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
1403 hash = 1; |
25012 | 1404 } |
1405 | |
1406 return hash; | |
1407 } | |
1408 | |
1409 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1410 /* Return the cost of drawing line VPOS in MATRIX. The cost equals |
25012 | 1411 the number of characters in the line. If must_write_spaces is |
1412 zero, leading and trailing spaces are ignored. */ | |
1413 | |
1414 static unsigned int | |
1415 line_draw_cost (matrix, vpos) | |
1416 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1417 int vpos; | |
1418 { | |
1419 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows + vpos; | |
1420 struct glyph *beg = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1421 struct glyph *end = beg + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
1422 int len; | |
1423 Lisp_Object *glyph_table_base = GLYPH_TABLE_BASE; | |
1424 int glyph_table_len = GLYPH_TABLE_LENGTH; | |
1425 | |
1426 /* Ignore trailing and leading spaces if we can. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
1427 if (!FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (SELECTED_FRAME ())) /* XXX Is SELECTED_FRAME OK here? */ |
25012 | 1428 { |
1429 /* Skip from the end over trailing spaces. */ | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
1430 while (end > beg && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*(end - 1))) |
25012 | 1431 --end; |
1432 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1433 /* All blank line. */ |
25012 | 1434 if (end == beg) |
1435 return 0; | |
1436 | |
1437 /* Skip over leading spaces. */ | |
1438 while (CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (*beg)) | |
1439 ++beg; | |
1440 } | |
1441 | |
1442 /* If we don't have a glyph-table, each glyph is one character, | |
1443 so return the number of glyphs. */ | |
1444 if (glyph_table_base == 0) | |
1445 len = end - beg; | |
1446 else | |
1447 { | |
1448 /* Otherwise, scan the glyphs and accumulate their total length | |
1449 in LEN. */ | |
1450 len = 0; | |
1451 while (beg < end) | |
1452 { | |
1453 GLYPH g = GLYPH_FROM_CHAR_GLYPH (*beg); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1454 |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1455 if (g < 0 |
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
1456 || GLYPH_SIMPLE_P (glyph_table_base, glyph_table_len, g)) |
25012 | 1457 len += 1; |
1458 else | |
1459 len += GLYPH_LENGTH (glyph_table_base, g); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1460 |
25012 | 1461 ++beg; |
1462 } | |
1463 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1464 |
25012 | 1465 return len; |
1466 } | |
1467 | |
1468 | |
1469 /* Test two glyph rows A and B for equality. Value is non-zero if A | |
1470 and B have equal contents. W is the window to which the glyphs | |
1471 rows A and B belong. It is needed here to test for partial row | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1472 visibility. MOUSE_FACE_P non-zero means compare the mouse_face_p |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1473 flags of A and B, too. */ |
25012 | 1474 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1475 static INLINE int |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1476 row_equal_p (w, a, b, mouse_face_p) |
25012 | 1477 struct window *w; |
1478 struct glyph_row *a, *b; | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1479 int mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 1480 { |
1481 if (a == b) | |
1482 return 1; | |
1483 else if (a->hash != b->hash) | |
1484 return 0; | |
1485 else | |
1486 { | |
1487 struct glyph *a_glyph, *b_glyph, *a_end; | |
1488 int area; | |
1489 | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1490 if (mouse_face_p && a->mouse_face_p != b->mouse_face_p) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1491 return 0; |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
1492 |
25012 | 1493 /* Compare glyphs. */ |
1494 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) | |
1495 { | |
1496 if (a->used[area] != b->used[area]) | |
1497 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1498 |
25012 | 1499 a_glyph = a->glyphs[area]; |
1500 a_end = a_glyph + a->used[area]; | |
1501 b_glyph = b->glyphs[area]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1502 |
25012 | 1503 while (a_glyph < a_end |
1504 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (a_glyph, b_glyph)) | |
1505 ++a_glyph, ++b_glyph; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1506 |
25012 | 1507 if (a_glyph != a_end) |
1508 return 0; | |
1509 } | |
1510 | |
1511 if (a->truncated_on_left_p != b->truncated_on_left_p | |
1512 || a->fill_line_p != b->fill_line_p | |
1513 || a->truncated_on_right_p != b->truncated_on_right_p | |
1514 || a->overlay_arrow_p != b->overlay_arrow_p | |
1515 || a->continued_p != b->continued_p | |
1516 || a->indicate_empty_line_p != b->indicate_empty_line_p | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1517 || a->overlapped_p != b->overlapped_p |
25012 | 1518 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (a) |
1519 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (b)) | |
1520 /* Different partially visible characters on left margin. */ | |
1521 || a->x != b->x | |
1522 /* Different height. */ | |
1523 || a->ascent != b->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1524 || a->phys_ascent != b->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
1525 || a->phys_height != b->phys_height |
25012 | 1526 || a->visible_height != b->visible_height) |
1527 return 0; | |
1528 } | |
1529 | |
1530 return 1; | |
1531 } | |
1532 | |
1533 | |
314 | 1534 |
25012 | 1535 /*********************************************************************** |
1536 Glyph Pool | |
1537 | |
1538 See dispextern.h for an overall explanation of glyph pools. | |
1539 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1540 | |
1541 /* Allocate a glyph_pool structure. The structure returned is | |
1542 initialized with zeros. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1543 incremented for each pool allocated. */ | |
1544 | |
1545 static struct glyph_pool * | |
1546 new_glyph_pool () | |
1547 { | |
1548 struct glyph_pool *result; | |
1549 | |
1550 /* Allocate a new glyph_pool and clear it. */ | |
1551 result = (struct glyph_pool *) xmalloc (sizeof *result); | |
1552 bzero (result, sizeof *result); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1553 |
25012 | 1554 /* For memory leak and double deletion checking. */ |
1555 ++glyph_pool_count; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1556 |
25012 | 1557 return result; |
1558 } | |
1559 | |
1560 | |
1561 /* Free a glyph_pool structure POOL. The function may be called with | |
1562 a null POOL pointer. The global variable glyph_pool_count is | |
1563 decremented with every pool structure freed. If this count gets | |
1564 negative, more structures were freed than allocated, i.e. one | |
1565 structure must have been freed more than once or a bogus pointer | |
1566 was passed to free_glyph_pool. */ | |
1567 | |
1568 static void | |
1569 free_glyph_pool (pool) | |
1570 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1571 { | |
1572 if (pool) | |
1573 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1574 /* More freed than allocated? */ |
25012 | 1575 --glyph_pool_count; |
1576 xassert (glyph_pool_count >= 0); | |
1577 | |
1578 xfree (pool->glyphs); | |
1579 xfree (pool); | |
1580 } | |
1581 } | |
1582 | |
1583 | |
1584 /* Enlarge a glyph pool POOL. MATRIX_DIM gives the number of rows and | |
1585 columns we need. This function never shrinks a pool. The only | |
1586 case in which this would make sense, would be when a frame's size | |
1587 is changed from a large value to a smaller one. But, if someone | |
1588 does it once, we can expect that he will do it again. | |
1589 | |
1590 Value is non-zero if the pool changed in a way which makes | |
1591 re-adjusting window glyph matrices necessary. */ | |
1592 | |
1593 static int | |
1594 realloc_glyph_pool (pool, matrix_dim) | |
1595 struct glyph_pool *pool; | |
1596 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
1597 { | |
1598 int needed; | |
1599 int changed_p; | |
1600 | |
1601 changed_p = (pool->glyphs == 0 | |
1602 || matrix_dim.height != pool->nrows | |
1603 || matrix_dim.width != pool->ncolumns); | |
1604 | |
1605 /* Enlarge the glyph pool. */ | |
1606 needed = matrix_dim.width * matrix_dim.height; | |
1607 if (needed > pool->nglyphs) | |
1608 { | |
1609 int size = needed * sizeof (struct glyph); | |
1610 | |
1611 if (pool->glyphs) | |
1612 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xrealloc (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1613 else | |
1614 { | |
1615 pool->glyphs = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (size); | |
1616 bzero (pool->glyphs, size); | |
1617 } | |
1618 | |
1619 pool->nglyphs = needed; | |
1620 } | |
1621 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1622 /* Remember the number of rows and columns because (a) we use them |
25012 | 1623 to do sanity checks, and (b) the number of columns determines |
1624 where rows in the frame matrix start---this must be available to | |
1625 determine pointers to rows of window sub-matrices. */ | |
1626 pool->nrows = matrix_dim.height; | |
1627 pool->ncolumns = matrix_dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1628 |
25012 | 1629 return changed_p; |
1630 } | |
1631 | |
1632 | |
1633 | |
1634 /*********************************************************************** | |
1635 Debug Code | |
1636 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1637 | |
1638 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
1639 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1640 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1641 /* Flush standard output. This is sometimes useful to call from the debugger. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1642 XXX Maybe this should be changed to flush the current terminal instead of |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1643 stdout. |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
1644 */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1645 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1646 void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1647 flush_stdout () |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1648 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1649 fflush (stdout); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1650 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1651 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
1652 |
25012 | 1653 /* Check that no glyph pointers have been lost in MATRIX. If a |
1654 pointer has been lost, e.g. by using a structure assignment between | |
1655 rows, at least one pointer must occur more than once in the rows of | |
1656 MATRIX. */ | |
1657 | |
1658 void | |
1659 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix) | |
1660 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1661 { | |
1662 int i, j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
25012 | 1664 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i) |
1665 for (j = 0; j < matrix->nrows; ++j) | |
1666 xassert (i == j | |
1667 || (matrix->rows[i].glyphs[TEXT_AREA] | |
1668 != matrix->rows[j].glyphs[TEXT_AREA])); | |
1669 } | |
1670 | |
1671 | |
1672 /* Get a pointer to glyph row ROW in MATRIX, with bounds checks. */ | |
1673 | |
1674 struct glyph_row * | |
1675 matrix_row (matrix, row) | |
1676 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
1677 int row; | |
1678 { | |
1679 xassert (matrix && matrix->rows); | |
1680 xassert (row >= 0 && row < matrix->nrows); | |
1681 | |
1682 /* That's really too slow for normal testing because this function | |
1683 is called almost everywhere. Although---it's still astonishingly | |
1684 fast, so it is valuable to have for debugging purposes. */ | |
314 | 1685 #if 0 |
25012 | 1686 check_matrix_pointer_lossage (matrix); |
1687 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1688 |
25012 | 1689 return matrix->rows + row; |
1690 } | |
1691 | |
1692 | |
1693 #if 0 /* This function makes invalid assumptions when text is | |
1694 partially invisible. But it might come handy for debugging | |
1695 nevertheless. */ | |
1696 | |
1697 /* Check invariants that must hold for an up to date current matrix of | |
1698 window W. */ | |
1699 | |
1700 static void | |
1701 check_matrix_invariants (w) | |
314 | 1702 struct window *w; |
1703 { | |
25012 | 1704 struct glyph_matrix *matrix = w->current_matrix; |
1705 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
1706 struct glyph_row *row = matrix->rows; | |
1707 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL; | |
1708 struct buffer *saved = current_buffer; | |
1709 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
1710 int c; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1711 |
25012 | 1712 /* This can sometimes happen for a fresh window. */ |
1713 if (matrix->nrows < 2) | |
1714 return; | |
1715 | |
1716 set_buffer_temp (buffer); | |
1717 | |
1718 /* Note: last row is always reserved for the mode line. */ | |
1719 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row) | |
1720 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < yb) | |
1721 { | |
1722 struct glyph_row *next = row + 1; | |
1723 | |
1724 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)) | |
1725 last_text_row = row; | |
1726 | |
1727 /* Check that character and byte positions are in sync. */ | |
1728 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1729 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1730 | |
1731 /* CHAR_TO_BYTE aborts when invoked for a position > Z. We can | |
1732 have such a position temporarily in case of a minibuffer | |
1733 displaying something like `[Sole completion]' at its end. */ | |
1734 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < BUF_ZV (current_buffer)) | |
1735 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1736 == CHAR_TO_BYTE (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))); | |
1737 | |
1738 /* Check that end position of `row' is equal to start position | |
1739 of next row. */ | |
1740 if (next->enabled_p && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (next)) | |
1741 { | |
1742 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) | |
1743 == MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (next)); | |
1744 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) | |
1745 == MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (next)); | |
1746 } | |
1747 row = next; | |
1748 } | |
1749 | |
1750 xassert (w->current_matrix->nrows == w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
1751 xassert (w->desired_matrix->rows != NULL); | |
1752 set_buffer_temp (saved); | |
1753 } | |
1754 | |
1755 #endif /* 0 */ | |
1756 | |
1757 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
1758 | |
1759 | |
1760 | |
1761 /********************************************************************** | |
1762 Allocating/ Adjusting Glyph Matrices | |
1763 **********************************************************************/ | |
1764 | |
1765 /* Allocate glyph matrices over a window tree for a frame-based | |
1766 redisplay | |
1767 | |
1768 X and Y are column/row within the frame glyph matrix where | |
1769 sub-matrices for the window tree rooted at WINDOW must be | |
1770 allocated. CH_DIM contains the dimensions of the smallest | |
1771 character that could be used during display. DIM_ONLY_P non-zero | |
1772 means that the caller of this function is only interested in the | |
1773 result matrix dimension, and matrix adjustments should not be | |
1774 performed. | |
1775 | |
1776 The function returns the total width/height of the sub-matrices of | |
1777 the window tree. If called on a frame root window, the computation | |
1778 will take the mini-buffer window into account. | |
1779 | |
1780 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS is set to a bit mask with bits | |
1781 | |
1782 NEW_LEAF_MATRIX set if any window in the tree did not have a | |
1783 glyph matrices yet, and | |
1784 | |
1785 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX set if the dimension or location of a matrix of | |
1786 any window in the tree will be changed or have been changed (see | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1787 DIM_ONLY_P) |
25012 | 1788 |
1789 *WINDOW_CHANGE_FLAGS must be initialized by the caller of this | |
1790 function. | |
1791 | |
1792 Windows are arranged into chains of windows on the same level | |
1793 through the next fields of window structures. Such a level can be | |
1794 either a sequence of horizontally adjacent windows from left to | |
1795 right, or a sequence of vertically adjacent windows from top to | |
1796 bottom. Each window in a horizontal sequence can be either a leaf | |
1797 window or a vertical sequence; a window in a vertical sequence can | |
1798 be either a leaf or a horizontal sequence. All windows in a | |
1799 horizontal sequence have the same height, and all windows in a | |
1800 vertical sequence have the same width. | |
1801 | |
1802 This function uses, for historical reasons, a more general | |
1803 algorithm to determine glyph matrix dimensions that would be | |
1804 necessary. | |
1805 | |
1806 The matrix height of a horizontal sequence is determined by the | |
1807 maximum height of any matrix in the sequence. The matrix width of | |
1808 a horizontal sequence is computed by adding up matrix widths of | |
1809 windows in the sequence. | |
1810 | |
1811 |<------- result width ------->| | |
1812 +---------+----------+---------+ --- | |
1813 | | | | | | |
1814 | | | | | |
1815 +---------+ | | result height | |
1816 | +---------+ | |
1817 | | | | |
1818 +----------+ --- | |
1819 | |
1820 The matrix width of a vertical sequence is the maximum matrix width | |
1821 of any window in the sequence. Its height is computed by adding up | |
1822 matrix heights of windows in the sequence. | |
1823 | |
1824 |<---- result width -->| | |
1825 +---------+ --- | |
1826 | | | | |
1827 | | | | |
1828 +---------+--+ | | |
1829 | | | | |
1830 | | result height | |
1831 | | | |
1832 +------------+---------+ | | |
1833 | | | | |
1834 | | | | |
1835 +------------+---------+ --- */ | |
1836 | |
1837 /* Bit indicating that a new matrix will be allocated or has been | |
1838 allocated. */ | |
1839 | |
1840 #define NEW_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 0) | |
1841 | |
1842 /* Bit indicating that a matrix will or has changed its location or | |
1843 size. */ | |
1844 | |
1845 #define CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX (1 << 1) | |
1846 | |
1847 static struct dim | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1848 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (window, x, y, dim_only_p, |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1849 window_change_flags) |
25012 | 1850 Lisp_Object window; |
1851 int x, y; | |
1852 int dim_only_p; | |
1853 int *window_change_flags; | |
1854 { | |
1855 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))); | |
1856 int x0 = x, y0 = y; | |
1857 int wmax = 0, hmax = 0; | |
1858 struct dim total; | |
1859 struct dim dim; | |
1860 struct window *w; | |
1861 int in_horz_combination_p; | |
1862 | |
1863 /* What combination is WINDOW part of? Compute this once since the | |
1864 result is the same for all windows in the `next' chain. The | |
1865 special case of a root window (parent equal to nil) is treated | |
1866 like a vertical combination because a root window's `next' | |
1867 points to the mini-buffer window, if any, which is arranged | |
1868 vertically below other windows. */ | |
1869 in_horz_combination_p | |
1870 = (!NILP (XWINDOW (window)->parent) | |
1871 && !NILP (XWINDOW (XWINDOW (window)->parent)->hchild)); | |
1872 | |
1873 /* For WINDOW and all windows on the same level. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1874 do |
25012 | 1875 { |
1876 w = XWINDOW (window); | |
1877 | |
1878 /* Get the dimension of the window sub-matrix for W, depending | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1879 on whether this is a combination or a leaf window. */ |
25012 | 1880 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1881 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->hchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1882 dim_only_p, |
1883 window_change_flags); | |
1884 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1885 dim = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (w->vchild, x, y, |
25012 | 1886 dim_only_p, |
1887 window_change_flags); | |
1888 else | |
1889 { | |
1890 /* If not already done, allocate sub-matrix structures. */ | |
1891 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
1892 { | |
1893 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
1894 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
1895 *window_change_flags |= NEW_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1896 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1897 |
25012 | 1898 /* Width and height MUST be chosen so that there are no |
1899 holes in the frame matrix. */ | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1900 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1901 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 1902 |
1903 /* Will matrix be re-allocated? */ | |
1904 if (x != w->desired_matrix->matrix_x | |
1905 || y != w->desired_matrix->matrix_y | |
1906 || dim.width != w->desired_matrix->matrix_w | |
1907 || dim.height != w->desired_matrix->matrix_h | |
1908 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1909 w->right_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1910 != w->desired_matrix->left_margin_glyphs) |
1911 || (margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, dim.width, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1912 w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 1913 != w->desired_matrix->right_margin_glyphs)) |
1914 *window_change_flags |= CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX; | |
1915 | |
1916 /* Actually change matrices, if allowed. Do not consider | |
1917 CHANGED_LEAF_MATRIX computed above here because the pool | |
1918 may have been changed which we don't now here. We trust | |
1919 that we only will be called with DIM_ONLY_P != 0 when | |
1920 necessary. */ | |
1921 if (!dim_only_p) | |
1922 { | |
1923 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1924 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, x, y, dim); | |
1925 } | |
1926 } | |
1927 | |
1928 /* If we are part of a horizontal combination, advance x for | |
1929 windows to the right of W; otherwise advance y for windows | |
1930 below W. */ | |
1931 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1932 x += dim.width; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1933 else |
25012 | 1934 y += dim.height; |
1935 | |
1936 /* Remember maximum glyph matrix dimensions. */ | |
1937 wmax = max (wmax, dim.width); | |
1938 hmax = max (hmax, dim.height); | |
1939 | |
1940 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
1941 window = w->next; | |
1942 } | |
1943 while (!NILP (window)); | |
1944 | |
1945 /* Set `total' to the total glyph matrix dimension of this window | |
1946 level. In a vertical combination, the width is the width of the | |
1947 widest window; the height is the y we finally reached, corrected | |
1948 by the y we started with. In a horizontal combination, the total | |
1949 height is the height of the tallest window, and the width is the | |
1950 x we finally reached, corrected by the x we started with. */ | |
1951 if (in_horz_combination_p) | |
1952 { | |
1953 total.width = x - x0; | |
1954 total.height = hmax; | |
1955 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1956 else |
25012 | 1957 { |
1958 total.width = wmax; | |
1959 total.height = y - y0; | |
1960 } | |
1961 | |
1962 return total; | |
1963 } | |
1964 | |
1965 | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1966 /* Return the required height of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1967 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1968 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1969 required_matrix_height (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1970 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1971 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1972 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1973 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1974 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1975 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1976 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1977 int ch_height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1978 int window_pixel_height = window_box_height (w) + abs (w->vscroll); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1979 return (((window_pixel_height + ch_height - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1980 / ch_height) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1981 /* One partially visible line at the top and |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1982 bottom of the window. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1983 + 2 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
1984 /* 2 for header and mode line. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1985 + 2); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1986 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1987 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
1988 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
1989 return WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1990 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1991 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1992 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1993 /* Return the required width of glyph matrices for window W. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1994 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1995 int |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1996 required_matrix_width (w) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1997 struct window *w; |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1998 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
1999 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2000 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2001 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2002 { |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2003 int ch_width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2004 int window_pixel_width = WINDOW_TOTAL_WIDTH (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2005 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2006 /* Compute number of glyphs needed in a glyph row. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2007 return (((window_pixel_width + ch_width - 1) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2008 / ch_width) |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2009 /* 2 partially visible columns in the text area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2010 + 2 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2011 /* One partially visible column at the right |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2012 edge of each marginal area. */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2013 + 1 + 1); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2014 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2015 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */ |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2016 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2017 return XINT (w->total_cols); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2018 } |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2019 |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2020 |
25012 | 2021 /* Allocate window matrices for window-based redisplay. W is the |
2022 window whose matrices must be allocated/reallocated. CH_DIM is the | |
2023 size of the smallest character that could potentially be used on W. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2024 |
25012 | 2025 static void |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2026 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w) |
25012 | 2027 struct window *w; |
2028 { | |
2029 while (w) | |
314 | 2030 { |
25012 | 2031 if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2032 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); |
25012 | 2033 else if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2034 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); |
25012 | 2035 else |
314 | 2036 { |
25012 | 2037 /* W is a leaf window. */ |
2038 struct dim dim; | |
2039 | |
2040 /* If matrices are not yet allocated, allocate them now. */ | |
2041 if (w->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
314 | 2042 { |
25012 | 2043 w->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); |
2044 w->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (NULL); | |
314 | 2045 } |
25012 | 2046 |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2047 dim.width = required_matrix_width (w); |
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2048 dim.height = required_matrix_height (w); |
25012 | 2049 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, dim); |
2050 adjust_glyph_matrix (w, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, dim); | |
2051 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2052 |
25012 | 2053 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next); |
2054 } | |
2055 } | |
2056 | |
2057 | |
2058 /* Re-allocate/ re-compute glyph matrices on frame F. If F is null, | |
2059 do it for all frames; otherwise do it just for the given frame. | |
2060 This function must be called when a new frame is created, its size | |
2061 changes, or its window configuration changes. */ | |
2062 | |
2063 void | |
2064 adjust_glyphs (f) | |
2065 struct frame *f; | |
2066 { | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2067 /* Block input so that expose events and other events that access |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2068 glyph matrices are not processed while we are changing them. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2069 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2070 |
25012 | 2071 if (f) |
2072 adjust_frame_glyphs (f); | |
2073 else | |
2074 { | |
2075 Lisp_Object tail, lisp_frame; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2076 |
25012 | 2077 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, lisp_frame) |
2078 adjust_frame_glyphs (XFRAME (lisp_frame)); | |
2079 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2080 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
2081 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2082 } |
2083 | |
2084 | |
2085 /* Adjust frame glyphs when Emacs is initialized. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2086 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2087 To be called from init_display. |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2088 |
25012 | 2089 We need a glyph matrix because redraw will happen soon. |
2090 Unfortunately, window sizes on selected_frame are not yet set to | |
2091 meaningful values. I believe we can assume that there are only two | |
2092 windows on the frame---the mini-buffer and the root window. Frame | |
2093 height and width seem to be correct so far. So, set the sizes of | |
2094 windows to estimated values. */ | |
2095 | |
2096 static void | |
2097 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially () | |
2098 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2099 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2100 struct window *root = XWINDOW (sf->root_window); |
25012 | 2101 struct window *mini = XWINDOW (root->next); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2102 int frame_lines = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2103 int frame_cols = FRAME_COLS (sf); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2104 int top_margin = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (sf); |
25012 | 2105 |
2106 /* Do it for the root window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2107 XSETFASTINT (root->top_line, top_margin); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2108 XSETFASTINT (root->total_cols, frame_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2109 set_window_height (sf->root_window, frame_lines - 1 - top_margin, 0); |
25012 | 2110 |
2111 /* Do it for the mini-buffer window. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2112 XSETFASTINT (mini->top_line, frame_lines - 1); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2113 XSETFASTINT (mini->total_cols, frame_cols); |
25012 | 2114 set_window_height (root->next, 1, 0); |
2115 | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
2116 adjust_frame_glyphs (sf); |
25012 | 2117 glyphs_initialized_initially_p = 1; |
2118 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2119 |
25012 | 2120 |
2121 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F. */ | |
2122 | |
2123 static void | |
2124 adjust_frame_glyphs (f) | |
2125 struct frame *f; | |
2126 { | |
2127 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
2128 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f); | |
2129 else | |
2130 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2131 |
25012 | 2132 /* Don't forget the message buffer and the buffer for |
2133 decode_mode_spec. */ | |
2134 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f); | |
2135 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f); | |
2136 | |
2137 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 1; | |
2138 } | |
2139 | |
2140 | |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2141 /* In the window tree with root W, build current matrices of leaf |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2142 windows from the frame's current matrix. */ |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2143 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2144 static void |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2145 fake_current_matrices (window) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2146 Lisp_Object window; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2147 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2148 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2149 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2150 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2151 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2152 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2153 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2154 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2155 fake_current_matrices (w->hchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2156 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2157 fake_current_matrices (w->vchild); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2158 else |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2159 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2160 int i; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2161 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2162 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2163 struct glyph_matrix *fm = f->current_matrix; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2164 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2165 xassert (m->matrix_h == WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2166 xassert (m->matrix_w == WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2167 |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2168 for (i = 0; i < m->matrix_h; ++i) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2169 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2170 struct glyph_row *r = m->rows + i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2171 struct glyph_row *fr = fm->rows + i + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2173 xassert (r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] >= fr->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2174 && r->glyphs[LAST_AREA] <= fr->glyphs[LAST_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2175 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2176 r->enabled_p = fr->enabled_p; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2177 if (r->enabled_p) |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2178 { |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2179 r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->left_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2180 r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] = m->right_margin_glyphs; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2181 r->used[TEXT_AREA] = (m->matrix_w |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2182 - r->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2183 - r->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]); |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2184 r->mode_line_p = 0; |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2185 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2186 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2187 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2188 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2189 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2190 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2191 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2192 /* Save away the contents of frame F's current frame matrix. Value is |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
2193 a glyph matrix holding the contents of F's current frame matrix. */ |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2194 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2195 static struct glyph_matrix * |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2196 save_current_matrix (f) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2197 struct frame *f; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2198 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2199 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2200 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2201 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2202 saved = (struct glyph_matrix *) xmalloc (sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2203 bzero (saved, sizeof *saved); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2204 saved->nrows = f->current_matrix->nrows; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2205 saved->rows = (struct glyph_row *) xmalloc (saved->nrows |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2206 * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2207 bzero (saved->rows, saved->nrows * sizeof *saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2208 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2209 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2210 { |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2211 struct glyph_row *from = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2212 struct glyph_row *to = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2213 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2214 to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = (struct glyph *) xmalloc (nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2215 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2216 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2217 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2218 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2219 return saved; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2220 } |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2221 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2222 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2223 /* Restore the contents of frame F's current frame matrix from SAVED, |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2224 and free memory associated with SAVED. */ |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2225 |
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2226 static void |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2227 restore_current_matrix (f, saved) |
34849
eac70be4cb58
(save_frame_matrix, restore_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34788
diff
changeset
|
2228 struct frame *f; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2229 struct glyph_matrix *saved; |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2230 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2231 int i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2232 |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2233 for (i = 0; i < saved->nrows; ++i) |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2234 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2235 struct glyph_row *from = saved->rows + i; |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2236 struct glyph_row *to = f->current_matrix->rows + i; |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2237 size_t nbytes = from->used[TEXT_AREA] * sizeof (struct glyph); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2238 bcopy (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], to->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], nbytes); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2239 to->used[TEXT_AREA] = from->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2240 xfree (from->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2241 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2242 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2243 xfree (saved->rows); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2244 xfree (saved); |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2245 } |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2246 |
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2247 |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2248 |
25012 | 2249 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for |
2250 frame-based redisplay. */ | |
2251 | |
2252 static void | |
2253 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_frame_redisplay (f) | |
2254 struct frame *f; | |
2255 { | |
2256 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2257 struct dim matrix_dim; | |
2258 int pool_changed_p; | |
2259 int window_change_flags; | |
2260 int top_window_y; | |
2261 | |
2262 if (!FRAME_LIVE_P (f)) | |
2263 return; | |
2264 | |
2265 /* Determine the smallest character in any font for F. On | |
2266 console windows, all characters have dimension (1, 1). */ | |
2267 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2268 |
25012 | 2269 top_window_y = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); |
2270 | |
2271 /* Allocate glyph pool structures if not already done. */ | |
2272 if (f->desired_pool == NULL) | |
2273 { | |
2274 f->desired_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2275 f->current_pool = new_glyph_pool (); | |
2276 } | |
2277 | |
2278 /* Allocate frames matrix structures if needed. */ | |
2279 if (f->desired_matrix == NULL) | |
2280 { | |
2281 f->desired_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->desired_pool); | |
2282 f->current_matrix = new_glyph_matrix (f->current_pool); | |
2283 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2284 |
25012 | 2285 /* Compute window glyph matrices. (This takes the mini-buffer |
2286 window into account). The result is the size of the frame glyph | |
2287 matrix needed. The variable window_change_flags is set to a bit | |
2288 mask indicating whether new matrices will be allocated or | |
2289 existing matrices change their size or location within the frame | |
2290 matrix. */ | |
2291 window_change_flags = 0; | |
2292 matrix_dim | |
2293 = allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
2294 0, top_window_y, | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2295 1, |
25012 | 2296 &window_change_flags); |
2297 | |
2298 /* Add in menu bar lines, if any. */ | |
2299 matrix_dim.height += top_window_y; | |
2300 | |
2301 /* Enlarge pools as necessary. */ | |
2302 pool_changed_p = realloc_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2303 realloc_glyph_pool (f->current_pool, matrix_dim); | |
2304 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2305 /* Set up glyph pointers within window matrices. Do this only if |
25012 | 2306 absolutely necessary since it requires a frame redraw. */ |
2307 if (pool_changed_p || window_change_flags) | |
2308 { | |
2309 /* Do it for window matrices. */ | |
2310 allocate_matrices_for_frame_redisplay (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2311 0, top_window_y, 0, |
25012 | 2312 &window_change_flags); |
2313 | |
2314 /* Size of frame matrices must equal size of frame. Note | |
2315 that we are called for X frames with window widths NOT equal | |
2316 to the frame width (from CHANGE_FRAME_SIZE_1). */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2317 xassert (matrix_dim.width == FRAME_COLS (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2318 && matrix_dim.height == FRAME_LINES (f)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2319 |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2320 /* Pointers to glyph memory in glyph rows are exchanged during |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2321 the update phase of redisplay, which means in general that a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2322 frame's current matrix consists of pointers into both the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2323 desired and current glyph pool of the frame. Adjusting a |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2324 matrix sets the frame matrix up so that pointers are all into |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2325 the same pool. If we want to preserve glyph contents of the |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2326 current matrix over a call to adjust_glyph_matrix, we must |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2327 make a copy of the current glyphs, and restore the current |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2328 matrix' contents from that copy. */ |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2329 if (display_completed |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2330 && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2331 && matrix_dim.width == f->current_matrix->matrix_w |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2332 && matrix_dim.height == f->current_matrix->matrix_h) |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2333 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2334 struct glyph_matrix *copy = save_current_matrix (f); |
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2335 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2336 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2337 restore_current_matrix (f, copy); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2338 fake_current_matrices (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2339 } |
34736
51a0fe34dfc6
(fake_current_matrices, ensure_frame_matrix): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34715
diff
changeset
|
2340 else |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2341 { |
35307
8e3c6f1a31ab
(save_or_restore_current_matrices): Function removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35269
diff
changeset
|
2342 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->desired_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
34788
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2343 adjust_glyph_matrix (NULL, f->current_matrix, 0, 0, matrix_dim); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2344 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
9512f05b60d1
(ensure_frame_matrix): Removed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34736
diff
changeset
|
2345 } |
25012 | 2346 } |
2347 } | |
2348 | |
2349 | |
2350 /* Allocate/reallocate glyph matrices of a single frame F for | |
2351 window-based redisplay. */ | |
2352 | |
2353 static void | |
2354 adjust_frame_glyphs_for_window_redisplay (f) | |
2355 struct frame *f; | |
2356 { | |
2357 struct dim ch_dim; | |
2358 struct window *w; | |
2359 | |
2360 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2361 |
25012 | 2362 /* Get minimum sizes. */ |
2363 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM | |
2364 ch_dim.width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f); | |
2365 ch_dim.height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f); | |
2366 #else | |
2367 ch_dim.width = ch_dim.height = 1; | |
2368 #endif | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2369 |
25012 | 2370 /* Allocate/reallocate window matrices. */ |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2371 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
25012 | 2372 |
2373 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the dummy window used to display | |
2374 the menu bar under X when no X toolkit support is available. */ | |
49322 | 2375 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK) |
25012 | 2376 { |
2377 /* Allocate a dummy window if not already done. */ | |
2378 if (NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2379 { | |
2380 f->menu_bar_window = make_window (); | |
2381 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2382 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); | |
2383 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2384 } | |
2385 else | |
2386 w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2387 | |
2388 /* Set window dimensions to frame dimensions and allocate or | |
2389 adjust glyph matrices of W. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2390 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2391 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2392 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2393 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2394 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
25012 | 2395 } |
2396 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ | |
2397 | |
49322 | 2398 #ifndef USE_GTK |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2399 /* Allocate/ reallocate matrices of the tool bar window. If we |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2400 don't have a tool bar window yet, make one. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2401 if (NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2402 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2403 f->tool_bar_window = make_window (); |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2404 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2405 XSETFRAME (w->frame, f); |
2406 w->pseudo_window_p = 1; | |
2407 } | |
2408 else | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2409 w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2410 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2411 XSETFASTINT (w->top_line, FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2412 XSETFASTINT (w->left_col, 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2413 XSETFASTINT (w->total_lines, FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
2414 XSETFASTINT (w->total_cols, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
39448
b74c165ef22f
(required_matrix_width, required_matrix_height): New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39254
diff
changeset
|
2415 allocate_matrices_for_window_redisplay (w); |
49322 | 2416 #endif |
25012 | 2417 } |
2418 | |
2419 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2420 /* Adjust/ allocate message buffer of frame F. |
25012 | 2421 |
2422 Note that the message buffer is never freed. Since I could not | |
2423 find a free in 19.34, I assume that freeing it would be | |
2424 problematic in some way and don't do it either. | |
2425 | |
2426 (Implementation note: It should be checked if we can free it | |
2427 eventually without causing trouble). */ | |
2428 | |
2429 static void | |
2430 adjust_frame_message_buffer (f) | |
2431 struct frame *f; | |
2432 { | |
2433 int size = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1; | |
2434 | |
2435 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f)) | |
2436 { | |
2437 char *buffer = FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f); | |
2438 char *new_buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, size); | |
2439 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = new_buffer; | |
2440 } | |
2441 else | |
2442 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f) = (char *) xmalloc (size); | |
2443 } | |
2444 | |
2445 | |
2446 /* Re-allocate buffer for decode_mode_spec on frame F. */ | |
2447 | |
2448 static void | |
2449 adjust_decode_mode_spec_buffer (f) | |
2450 struct frame *f; | |
2451 { | |
2452 f->decode_mode_spec_buffer | |
2453 = (char *) xrealloc (f->decode_mode_spec_buffer, | |
2454 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) + 1); | |
2455 } | |
2456 | |
2457 | |
2458 | |
2459 /********************************************************************** | |
2460 Freeing Glyph Matrices | |
2461 **********************************************************************/ | |
2462 | |
2463 /* Free glyph memory for a frame F. F may be null. This function can | |
2464 be called for the same frame more than once. The root window of | |
2465 F may be nil when this function is called. This is the case when | |
2466 the function is called when F is destroyed. */ | |
2467 | |
2468 void | |
2469 free_glyphs (f) | |
2470 struct frame *f; | |
2471 { | |
2472 if (f && f->glyphs_initialized_p) | |
2473 { | |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2474 /* Block interrupt input so that we don't get surprised by an X |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2475 event while we're in an inconsistent state. */ |
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2476 BLOCK_INPUT; |
25012 | 2477 f->glyphs_initialized_p = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2478 |
25012 | 2479 /* Release window sub-matrices. */ |
2480 if (!NILP (f->root_window)) | |
2481 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); | |
2482 | |
2483 /* Free the dummy window for menu bars without X toolkit and its | |
2484 glyph matrices. */ | |
2485 if (!NILP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
2486 { | |
2487 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window); | |
2488 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2489 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2490 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2491 f->menu_bar_window = Qnil; | |
2492 } | |
2493 | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2494 /* Free the tool bar window and its glyph matrices. */ |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2495 if (!NILP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 2496 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2497 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 2498 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); |
2499 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2500 w->desired_matrix = w->current_matrix = NULL; | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
2501 f->tool_bar_window = Qnil; |
25012 | 2502 } |
2503 | |
2504 /* Release frame glyph matrices. Reset fields to zero in | |
2505 case we are called a second time. */ | |
2506 if (f->desired_matrix) | |
2507 { | |
2508 free_glyph_matrix (f->desired_matrix); | |
2509 free_glyph_matrix (f->current_matrix); | |
2510 f->desired_matrix = f->current_matrix = NULL; | |
2511 } | |
2512 | |
2513 /* Release glyph pools. */ | |
2514 if (f->desired_pool) | |
2515 { | |
2516 free_glyph_pool (f->desired_pool); | |
2517 free_glyph_pool (f->current_pool); | |
2518 f->desired_pool = f->current_pool = NULL; | |
314 | 2519 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2520 |
27968
7634011b93f3
(free_glyphs): Block input while freeing matrices.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27855
diff
changeset
|
2521 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
314 | 2522 } |
2523 } | |
2524 | |
25012 | 2525 |
2526 /* Free glyph sub-matrices in the window tree rooted at W. This | |
2527 function may be called with a null pointer, and it may be called on | |
2528 the same tree more than once. */ | |
2529 | |
2530 void | |
2531 free_window_matrices (w) | |
2532 struct window *w; | |
2533 { | |
2534 while (w) | |
2535 { | |
2536 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2537 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2538 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2539 free_window_matrices (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2540 else |
25012 | 2541 { |
2542 /* This is a leaf window. Free its memory and reset fields | |
2543 to zero in case this function is called a second time for | |
2544 W. */ | |
2545 free_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix); | |
2546 free_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix); | |
2547 w->current_matrix = w->desired_matrix = NULL; | |
2548 } | |
2549 | |
2550 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
2551 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
2552 } | |
2553 } | |
2554 | |
2555 | |
2556 /* Check glyph memory leaks. This function is called from | |
2557 shut_down_emacs. Note that frames are not destroyed when Emacs | |
2558 exits. We therefore free all glyph memory for all active frames | |
2559 explicitly and check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2560 |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2561 void |
25012 | 2562 check_glyph_memory () |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2563 { |
25012 | 2564 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
2565 | |
2566 /* Free glyph memory for all frames. */ | |
2567 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
2568 free_glyphs (XFRAME (frame)); | |
2569 | |
2570 /* Check that nothing is left allocated. */ | |
2571 if (glyph_matrix_count) | |
2572 abort (); | |
2573 if (glyph_pool_count) | |
2574 abort (); | |
2575 } | |
2576 | |
2577 | |
2578 | |
2579 /********************************************************************** | |
2580 Building a Frame Matrix | |
2581 **********************************************************************/ | |
2582 | |
2583 /* Most of the redisplay code works on glyph matrices attached to | |
2584 windows. This is a good solution most of the time, but it is not | |
2585 suitable for terminal code. Terminal output functions cannot rely | |
2586 on being able to set an arbitrary terminal window. Instead they | |
2587 must be provided with a view of the whole frame, i.e. the whole | |
2588 screen. We build such a view by constructing a frame matrix from | |
2589 window matrices in this section. | |
2590 | |
2591 Windows that must be updated have their must_be_update_p flag set. | |
2592 For all such windows, their desired matrix is made part of the | |
2593 desired frame matrix. For other windows, their current matrix is | |
2594 made part of the desired frame matrix. | |
2595 | |
2596 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2597 | desired | desired | | |
2598 | | | | |
2599 +-----------------+----------------+ | |
2600 | current | | |
2601 | | | |
2602 +----------------------------------+ | |
2603 | |
2604 Desired window matrices can be made part of the frame matrix in a | |
2605 cheap way: We exploit the fact that the desired frame matrix and | |
2606 desired window matrices share their glyph memory. This is not | |
2607 possible for current window matrices. Their glyphs are copied to | |
2608 the desired frame matrix. The latter is equivalent to | |
2609 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. | |
2610 | |
2611 Used glyphs counters for frame matrix rows are the result of adding | |
2612 up glyph lengths of the window matrices. A line in the frame | |
2613 matrix is enabled, if a corresponding line in a window matrix is | |
2614 enabled. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2615 |
25012 | 2616 After building the desired frame matrix, it will be passed to |
2617 terminal code, which will manipulate both the desired and current | |
2618 frame matrix. Changes applied to the frame's current matrix have | |
2619 to be visible in current window matrices afterwards, of course. | |
2620 | |
2621 This problem is solved like this: | |
2622 | |
2623 1. Window and frame matrices share glyphs. Window matrices are | |
2624 constructed in a way that their glyph contents ARE the glyph | |
2625 contents needed in a frame matrix. Thus, any modification of | |
2626 glyphs done in terminal code will be reflected in window matrices | |
2627 automatically. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
25012 | 2629 2. Exchanges of rows in a frame matrix done by terminal code are |
2630 intercepted by hook functions so that corresponding row operations | |
2631 on window matrices can be performed. This is necessary because we | |
2632 use pointers to glyphs in glyph row structures. To satisfy the | |
2633 assumption of point 1 above that glyphs are updated implicitly in | |
2634 window matrices when they are manipulated via the frame matrix, | |
2635 window and frame matrix must of course agree where to find the | |
2636 glyphs for their rows. Possible manipulations that must be | |
2637 mirrored are assignments of rows of the desired frame matrix to the | |
2638 current frame matrix and scrolling the current frame matrix. */ | |
2639 | |
2640 /* Build frame F's desired matrix from window matrices. Only windows | |
2641 which have the flag must_be_updated_p set have to be updated. Menu | |
2642 bar lines of a frame are not covered by window matrices, so make | |
2643 sure not to touch them in this function. */ | |
2644 | |
2645 static void | |
2646 build_frame_matrix (f) | |
2647 struct frame *f; | |
2648 { | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2649 int i; |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2650 |
25012 | 2651 /* F must have a frame matrix when this function is called. */ |
2652 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2653 |
25012 | 2654 /* Clear all rows in the frame matrix covered by window matrices. |
2655 Menu bar lines are not covered by windows. */ | |
2656 for (i = FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f); i < f->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) | |
2657 clear_glyph_row (MATRIX_ROW (f->desired_matrix, i)); | |
2658 | |
2659 /* Build the matrix by walking the window tree. */ | |
2660 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (f->desired_matrix, | |
2661 XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); | |
2662 } | |
2663 | |
2664 | |
2665 /* Walk a window tree, building a frame matrix MATRIX from window | |
2666 matrices. W is the root of a window tree. */ | |
2667 | |
2668 static void | |
2669 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, w) | |
2670 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2671 struct window *w; | |
2672 { | |
2673 while (w) | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2674 { |
25012 | 2675 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
2676 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
2677 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2678 build_frame_matrix_from_window_tree (matrix, XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
2679 else | |
2680 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (matrix, w); | |
2681 | |
2682 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
6620
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2683 } |
990d7d5095dc
(adjust_window_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6617
diff
changeset
|
2684 } |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2685 |
25012 | 2686 |
2687 /* Add a window's matrix to a frame matrix. FRAME_MATRIX is the | |
2688 desired frame matrix built. W is a leaf window whose desired or | |
2689 current matrix is to be added to FRAME_MATRIX. W's flag | |
2690 must_be_updated_p determines which matrix it contributes to | |
2691 FRAME_MATRIX. If must_be_updated_p is non-zero, W's desired matrix | |
2692 is added to FRAME_MATRIX, otherwise W's current matrix is added. | |
2693 Adding a desired matrix means setting up used counters and such in | |
2694 frame rows, while adding a current window matrix to FRAME_MATRIX | |
2695 means copying glyphs. The latter case corresponds to | |
2696 preserve_other_columns in the old redisplay. */ | |
2697 | |
2698 static void | |
2699 build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window (frame_matrix, w) | |
2700 struct glyph_matrix *frame_matrix; | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2701 struct window *w; |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2702 { |
25012 | 2703 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix; |
2704 int window_y, frame_y; | |
2705 /* If non-zero, a glyph to insert at the right border of W. */ | |
2706 GLYPH right_border_glyph = 0; | |
2707 | |
2708 /* Set window_matrix to the matrix we have to add to FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
2709 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
2710 { | |
2711 window_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
2712 | |
2713 /* Decide whether we want to add a vertical border glyph. */ | |
2714 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)) | |
2715 { | |
2716 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp = window_display_table (w); | |
2717 right_border_glyph = (dp && INTEGERP (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2718 ? XINT (DISP_BORDER_GLYPH (dp)) | |
2719 : '|'); | |
2720 } | |
2721 } | |
2722 else | |
2723 window_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
2724 | |
2725 /* For all rows in the window matrix and corresponding rows in the | |
2726 frame matrix. */ | |
2727 window_y = 0; | |
2728 frame_y = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2729 while (window_y < window_matrix->nrows) | |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2730 { |
25012 | 2731 struct glyph_row *frame_row = frame_matrix->rows + frame_y; |
2732 struct glyph_row *window_row = window_matrix->rows + window_y; | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2733 int current_row_p = window_matrix == w->current_matrix; |
25012 | 2734 |
2735 /* Fill up the frame row with spaces up to the left margin of the | |
2736 window row. */ | |
2737 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (frame_row, window_matrix->matrix_x); | |
2738 | |
2739 /* Fill up areas in the window matrix row with spaces. */ | |
2740 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (window_row); | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2741 |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2742 /* If only part of W's desired matrix has been built, and |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2743 window_row wasn't displayed, use the corresponding current |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2744 row instead. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2745 if (window_matrix == w->desired_matrix |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2746 && !window_row->enabled_p) |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2747 { |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2748 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows + window_y; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2749 current_row_p = 1; |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2750 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2751 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2752 if (current_row_p) |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2753 { |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2754 /* Copy window row to frame row. */ |
25012 | 2755 bcopy (window_row->glyphs[0], |
2756 frame_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + window_matrix->matrix_x, | |
2757 window_matrix->matrix_w * sizeof (struct glyph)); | |
2758 } | |
2759 else | |
2760 { | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2761 xassert (window_row->enabled_p); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2762 |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2763 /* Only when a desired row has been displayed, we want |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2764 the corresponding frame row to be updated. */ |
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
2765 frame_row->enabled_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2766 |
25012 | 2767 /* Maybe insert a vertical border between horizontally adjacent |
2768 windows. */ | |
2769 if (right_border_glyph) | |
2770 { | |
2771 struct glyph *border = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - 1; | |
2772 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (*border, right_border_glyph); | |
2773 } | |
2774 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2775 /* Window row window_y must be a slice of frame row |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
2776 frame_y. */ |
25012 | 2777 xassert (glyph_row_slice_p (window_row, frame_row)); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2778 |
25012 | 2779 /* If rows are in sync, we don't have to copy glyphs because |
2780 frame and window share glyphs. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2781 |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2782 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2783 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
2784 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, 0); |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2785 #endif |
25012 | 2786 } |
2787 | |
2788 /* Set number of used glyphs in the frame matrix. Since we fill | |
2789 up with spaces, and visit leaf windows from left to right it | |
2790 can be done simply. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2791 frame_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
25012 | 2792 = window_matrix->matrix_x + window_matrix->matrix_w; |
2793 | |
2794 /* Next row. */ | |
2795 ++window_y; | |
2796 ++frame_y; | |
2797 } | |
2798 } | |
2799 | |
2800 | |
2801 /* Add spaces to a glyph row ROW in a window matrix. | |
2802 | |
2803 Each row has the form: | |
2804 | |
2805 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2806 | left | text | right | | |
2807 +---------+-----------------------------+------------+ | |
2808 | |
2809 Left and right marginal areas are optional. This function adds | |
2810 spaces to areas so that there are no empty holes between areas. | |
2811 In other words: If the right area is not empty, the text area | |
2812 is filled up with spaces up to the right area. If the text area | |
2813 is not empty, the left area is filled up. | |
2814 | |
2815 To be called for frame-based redisplay, only. */ | |
2816 | |
2817 static void | |
2818 fill_up_glyph_row_with_spaces (row) | |
2819 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2820 { | |
2821 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2822 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, TEXT_AREA); | |
2823 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); | |
2824 } | |
2825 | |
2826 | |
2827 /* Fill area AREA of glyph row ROW with spaces. To be called for | |
2828 frame-based redisplay only. */ | |
2829 | |
2830 static void | |
2831 fill_up_glyph_row_area_with_spaces (row, area) | |
2832 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2833 int area; | |
2834 { | |
2835 if (row->glyphs[area] < row->glyphs[area + 1]) | |
2836 { | |
2837 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area + 1]; | |
2838 struct glyph *text = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area]; | |
2839 | |
2840 while (text < end) | |
2841 *text++ = space_glyph; | |
2842 row->used[area] = text - row->glyphs[area]; | |
2843 } | |
2844 } | |
2845 | |
2846 | |
2847 /* Add spaces to the end of ROW in a frame matrix until index UPTO is | |
2848 reached. In frame matrices only one area, TEXT_AREA, is used. */ | |
2849 | |
2850 static void | |
2851 fill_up_frame_row_with_spaces (row, upto) | |
2852 struct glyph_row *row; | |
2853 int upto; | |
2854 { | |
2855 int i = row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
2856 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2857 |
25012 | 2858 while (i < upto) |
2859 glyph[i++] = space_glyph; | |
2860 | |
2861 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = i; | |
2862 } | |
2863 | |
2864 | |
2865 | |
2866 /********************************************************************** | |
2867 Mirroring operations on frame matrices in window matrices | |
2868 **********************************************************************/ | |
2869 | |
2870 /* Set frame being updated via frame-based redisplay to F. This | |
2871 function must be called before updates to make explicit that we are | |
2872 working on frame matrices or not. */ | |
2873 | |
2874 static INLINE void | |
2875 set_frame_matrix_frame (f) | |
2876 struct frame *f; | |
2877 { | |
2878 frame_matrix_frame = f; | |
2879 } | |
2880 | |
2881 | |
2882 /* Make sure glyph row ROW in CURRENT_MATRIX is up to date. | |
2883 DESIRED_MATRIX is the desired matrix corresponding to | |
2884 CURRENT_MATRIX. The update is done by exchanging glyph pointers | |
2885 between rows in CURRENT_MATRIX and DESIRED_MATRIX. If | |
2886 frame_matrix_frame is non-null, this indicates that the exchange is | |
2887 done in frame matrices, and that we have to perform analogous | |
2888 operations in window matrices of frame_matrix_frame. */ | |
2889 | |
2890 static INLINE void | |
2891 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, row) | |
2892 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix, *current_matrix; | |
2893 int row; | |
2894 { | |
2895 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, row); | |
2896 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, row); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2897 int mouse_face_p = current_row->mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2898 |
2899 /* Do current_row = desired_row. This exchanges glyph pointers | |
2900 between both rows, and does a structure assignment otherwise. */ | |
2901 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); | |
2902 | |
2903 /* Enable current_row to mark it as valid. */ | |
2904 current_row->enabled_p = 1; | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
2905 current_row->mouse_face_p = mouse_face_p; |
25012 | 2906 |
2907 /* If we are called on frame matrices, perform analogous operations | |
2908 for window matrices. */ | |
2909 if (frame_matrix_frame) | |
2910 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), row); | |
2911 } | |
2912 | |
2913 | |
2914 /* W is the root of a window tree. FRAME_ROW is the index of a row in | |
2915 W's frame which has been made current (by swapping pointers between | |
2916 current and desired matrix). Perform analogous operations in the | |
2917 matrices of leaf windows in the window tree rooted at W. */ | |
2918 | |
2919 static void | |
2920 mirror_make_current (w, frame_row) | |
2921 struct window *w; | |
2922 int frame_row; | |
2923 { | |
2924 while (w) | |
2925 { | |
2926 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
2927 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->hchild), frame_row); | |
2928 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
2929 mirror_make_current (XWINDOW (w->vchild), frame_row); | |
2930 else | |
2931 { | |
2932 /* Row relative to window W. Don't use FRAME_TO_WINDOW_VPOS | |
2933 here because the checks performed in debug mode there | |
2934 will not allow the conversion. */ | |
2935 int row = frame_row - w->desired_matrix->matrix_y; | |
2936 | |
2937 /* If FRAME_ROW is within W, assign the desired row to the | |
2938 current row (exchanging glyph pointers). */ | |
2939 if (row >= 0 && row < w->desired_matrix->matrix_h) | |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2940 { |
25012 | 2941 struct glyph_row *current_row |
2942 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, row); | |
2943 struct glyph_row *desired_row | |
2944 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, row); | |
25241
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2945 |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2946 if (desired_row->enabled_p) |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2947 assign_row (current_row, desired_row); |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2948 else |
35674d7c4136
(mirror_make_current): If desired row isn't enabled,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25190
diff
changeset
|
2949 swap_glyph_pointers (desired_row, current_row); |
25012 | 2950 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
6682
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2951 } |
16ab14205588
(verify_charstarts): Handle truncation of lines.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6648
diff
changeset
|
2952 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2953 |
25012 | 2954 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
6642
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2955 } |
2fda5dd17356
(verify_charstarts): New function.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
6627
diff
changeset
|
2956 } |
25012 | 2957 |
2958 | |
2959 /* Perform row dance after scrolling. We are working on the range of | |
2960 lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not | |
2961 including) in MATRIX. COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each | |
2962 row I in the range 0 <= I < NLINES, the index of the original line | |
2963 to move to I. This index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= | |
2964 index < NLINES. RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each | |
2965 row 0 <= I < NLINES which is empty. | |
2966 | |
2967 This function is called from do_scrolling and do_direct_scrolling. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2968 |
25012 | 2969 void |
2970 mirrored_line_dance (matrix, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, | |
2971 retained_p) | |
2972 struct glyph_matrix *matrix; | |
2973 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
2974 int *copy_from; | |
2975 char *retained_p; | |
2976 { | |
2977 /* A copy of original rows. */ | |
2978 struct glyph_row *old_rows; | |
2979 | |
2980 /* Rows to assign to. */ | |
2981 struct glyph_row *new_rows = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, unchanged_at_top); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
2982 |
25012 | 2983 int i; |
2984 | |
2985 /* Make a copy of the original rows. */ | |
2986 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2987 bcopy (new_rows, old_rows, nlines * sizeof *old_rows); | |
2988 | |
2989 /* Assign new rows, maybe clear lines. */ | |
2990 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
2991 { | |
2992 int enabled_before_p = new_rows[i].enabled_p; | |
2993 | |
2994 xassert (i + unchanged_at_top < matrix->nrows); | |
2995 xassert (unchanged_at_top + copy_from[i] < matrix->nrows); | |
2996 new_rows[i] = old_rows[copy_from[i]]; | |
2997 new_rows[i].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
2998 | |
2999 /* RETAINED_P is zero for empty lines. */ | |
3000 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3001 new_rows[i].enabled_p = 0; | |
3002 } | |
3003 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3004 /* Do the same for window matrices, if MATRIX is a frame matrix. */ |
25012 | 3005 if (frame_matrix_frame) |
3006 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (frame_matrix_frame->root_window), | |
3007 unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3008 } | |
3009 | |
3010 | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3011 /* Synchronize glyph pointers in the current matrix of window W with |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3012 the current frame matrix. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3013 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3014 static void |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3015 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3016 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3017 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3018 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3019 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row; |
40271
ae4848857075
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Remove unused variable `area'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40214
diff
changeset
|
3020 int left, right, x, width; |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3021 |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3022 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window on a tty frame. */ |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3023 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3024 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3025 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3026 left = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3027 right = margin_glyphs_to_reserve (w, 1, w->right_margin_cols); |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3028 x = w->current_matrix->matrix_x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3029 width = w->current_matrix->matrix_w; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3030 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3031 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3032 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3033 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3034 |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3035 for (; window_row < window_row_end; ++window_row, ++frame_row) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3036 { |
40214
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3037 window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3038 = frame_row->glyphs[0] + x; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3039 window_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3040 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + left; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3041 window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3042 = window_row->glyphs[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA] + width; |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3043 window_row->glyphs[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA] |
a87bf217f5a6
(sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows): Fix
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40075
diff
changeset
|
3044 = window_row->glyphs[LAST_AREA] - right; |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3045 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3046 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3047 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3048 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3049 /* Return the window in the window tree rooted in W containing frame |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3050 row ROW. Value is null if none is found. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3051 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3052 struct window * |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3053 frame_row_to_window (w, row) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3054 struct window *w; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3055 int row; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3056 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3057 struct window *found = NULL; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3058 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3059 while (w && !found) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3060 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3061 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3062 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->hchild), row); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3063 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3064 found = frame_row_to_window (XWINDOW (w->vchild), row); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3065 else if (row >= WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3066 && row < WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_LINE (w)) |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3067 found = w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3068 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3069 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3070 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3071 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3072 return found; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3073 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3074 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3075 |
25012 | 3076 /* Perform a line dance in the window tree rooted at W, after |
3077 scrolling a frame matrix in mirrored_line_dance. | |
3078 | |
3079 We are working on the range of lines UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + 1 to | |
3080 UNCHANGED_AT_TOP + NLINES (not including) in W's frame matrix. | |
3081 COPY_FROM is a vector containing, for each row I in the range 0 <= | |
3082 I < NLINES, the index of the original line to move to I. This | |
3083 index is relative to the row range, i.e. 0 <= index < NLINES. | |
3084 RETAINED_P is a vector containing zero for each row 0 <= I < NLINES | |
3085 which is empty. */ | |
3086 | |
3087 static void | |
3088 mirror_line_dance (w, unchanged_at_top, nlines, copy_from, retained_p) | |
3089 struct window *w; | |
3090 int unchanged_at_top, nlines; | |
3091 int *copy_from; | |
3092 char *retained_p; | |
3093 { | |
3094 while (w) | |
3095 { | |
3096 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3097 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->hchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3098 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3099 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3100 mirror_line_dance (XWINDOW (w->vchild), unchanged_at_top, | |
3101 nlines, copy_from, retained_p); | |
3102 else | |
3103 { | |
3104 /* W is a leaf window, and we are working on its current | |
3105 matrix m. */ | |
3106 struct glyph_matrix *m = w->current_matrix; | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3107 int i, sync_p = 0; |
25012 | 3108 struct glyph_row *old_rows; |
3109 | |
3110 /* Make a copy of the original rows of matrix m. */ | |
3111 old_rows = (struct glyph_row *) alloca (m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3112 bcopy (m->rows, old_rows, m->nrows * sizeof *old_rows); | |
3113 | |
3114 for (i = 0; i < nlines; ++i) | |
3115 { | |
3116 /* Frame relative line assigned to. */ | |
3117 int frame_to = i + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3118 |
25012 | 3119 /* Frame relative line assigned. */ |
3120 int frame_from = copy_from[i] + unchanged_at_top; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3121 |
25012 | 3122 /* Window relative line assigned to. */ |
3123 int window_to = frame_to - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3124 |
25012 | 3125 /* Window relative line assigned. */ |
3126 int window_from = frame_from - m->matrix_y; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3127 |
25012 | 3128 /* Is assigned line inside window? */ |
3129 int from_inside_window_p | |
3130 = window_from >= 0 && window_from < m->matrix_h; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3131 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3132 /* Is assigned to line inside window? */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3133 int to_inside_window_p |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3134 = window_to >= 0 && window_to < m->matrix_h; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3135 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3136 if (from_inside_window_p && to_inside_window_p) |
25012 | 3137 { |
3138 /* Enabled setting before assignment. */ | |
3139 int enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3140 |
25012 | 3141 /* Do the assignment. The enabled_p flag is saved |
3142 over the assignment because the old redisplay did | |
3143 that. */ | |
3144 enabled_before_p = m->rows[window_to].enabled_p; | |
3145 m->rows[window_to] = old_rows[window_from]; | |
3146 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = enabled_before_p; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3147 |
25012 | 3148 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
3149 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) | |
3150 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; | |
3151 } | |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3152 else if (to_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3153 { |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3154 /* A copy between windows. This is an infrequent |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3155 case not worth optimizing. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3156 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3157 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3158 struct window *w2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3159 struct glyph_matrix *m2; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3160 int m2_from; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3161 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3162 w2 = frame_row_to_window (root, frame_to); |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3163 m2 = w2->current_matrix; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3164 m2_from = frame_from - m2->matrix_y; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3165 copy_row_except_pointers (m->rows + window_to, |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3166 m2->rows + m2_from); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3167 |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3168 /* If frame line is empty, window line is empty, too. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3169 if (!retained_p[copy_from[i]]) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3170 m->rows[window_to].enabled_p = 0; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3171 sync_p = 1; |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3172 } |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3173 else if (from_inside_window_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3174 sync_p = 1; |
25012 | 3175 } |
27855
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3176 |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3177 /* If there was a copy between windows, make sure glyph |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3178 pointers are in sync with the frame matrix. */ |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3179 if (sync_p) |
ecfe912fd73c
(flush_stdout) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New function.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27727
diff
changeset
|
3180 sync_window_with_frame_matrix_rows (w); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3181 |
25012 | 3182 /* Check that no pointers are lost. */ |
3183 CHECK_MATRIX (m); | |
3184 } | |
3185 | |
3186 /* Next window on same level. */ | |
3187 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3188 } | |
3189 } | |
3190 | |
3191 | |
3192 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3193 | |
3194 /* Check that window and frame matrices agree about their | |
3195 understanding where glyphs of the rows are to find. For each | |
3196 window in the window tree rooted at W, check that rows in the | |
3197 matrices of leaf window agree with their frame matrices about | |
3198 glyph pointers. */ | |
314 | 3199 |
21514 | 3200 void |
25012 | 3201 check_window_matrix_pointers (w) |
314 | 3202 struct window *w; |
3203 { | |
25012 | 3204 while (w) |
3205 { | |
3206 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3207 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->hchild)); | |
3208 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3209 check_window_matrix_pointers (XWINDOW (w->vchild)); | |
3210 else | |
3211 { | |
3212 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
3213 check_matrix_pointers (w->desired_matrix, f->desired_matrix); | |
3214 check_matrix_pointers (w->current_matrix, f->current_matrix); | |
3215 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3216 |
25012 | 3217 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
3218 } | |
3219 } | |
3220 | |
3221 | |
3222 /* Check that window rows are slices of frame rows. WINDOW_MATRIX is | |
3223 a window and FRAME_MATRIX is the corresponding frame matrix. For | |
3224 each row in WINDOW_MATRIX check that it's a slice of the | |
3225 corresponding frame row. If it isn't, abort. */ | |
3226 | |
3227 static void | |
3228 check_matrix_pointers (window_matrix, frame_matrix) | |
3229 struct glyph_matrix *window_matrix, *frame_matrix; | |
3230 { | |
3231 /* Row number in WINDOW_MATRIX. */ | |
3232 int i = 0; | |
3233 | |
3234 /* Row number corresponding to I in FRAME_MATRIX. */ | |
3235 int j = window_matrix->matrix_y; | |
3236 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3237 /* For all rows check that the row in the window matrix is a |
25012 | 3238 slice of the row in the frame matrix. If it isn't we didn't |
3239 mirror an operation on the frame matrix correctly. */ | |
3240 while (i < window_matrix->nrows) | |
3241 { | |
3242 if (!glyph_row_slice_p (window_matrix->rows + i, | |
3243 frame_matrix->rows + j)) | |
3244 abort (); | |
3245 ++i, ++j; | |
3246 } | |
3247 } | |
3248 | |
3249 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ | |
3250 | |
3251 | |
3252 | |
3253 /********************************************************************** | |
3254 VPOS and HPOS translations | |
3255 **********************************************************************/ | |
3256 | |
3257 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
3258 | |
3259 /* Translate vertical position VPOS which is relative to window W to a | |
3260 vertical position relative to W's frame. */ | |
3261 | |
3262 static int | |
3263 window_to_frame_vpos (w, vpos) | |
3264 struct window *w; | |
3265 int vpos; | |
3266 { | |
3267 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3268 |
25012 | 3269 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
3270 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= w->desired_matrix->nrows); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3271 vpos += WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (w); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3272 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos <= FRAME_LINES (f)); |
25012 | 3273 return vpos; |
3274 } | |
3275 | |
3276 | |
3277 /* Translate horizontal position HPOS which is relative to window W to | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3278 a horizontal position relative to W's frame. */ |
25012 | 3279 |
3280 static int | |
3281 window_to_frame_hpos (w, hpos) | |
3282 struct window *w; | |
3283 int hpos; | |
3284 { | |
3285 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3286 |
25012 | 3287 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3288 hpos += WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_COL (w); |
25012 | 3289 return hpos; |
314 | 3290 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3291 |
25012 | 3292 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
3293 | |
3294 | |
314 | 3295 |
25012 | 3296 /********************************************************************** |
3297 Redrawing Frames | |
3298 **********************************************************************/ | |
3299 | |
3300 DEFUN ("redraw-frame", Fredraw_frame, Sredraw_frame, 1, 1, 0, | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3301 doc: /* Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3302 (frame) |
25012 | 3303 Lisp_Object frame; |
3304 { | |
3305 struct frame *f; | |
3306 | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
3307 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame); |
25012 | 3308 f = XFRAME (frame); |
3309 | |
3310 /* Ignore redraw requests, if frame has no glyphs yet. | |
3311 (Implementation note: It still has to be checked why we are | |
3312 called so early here). */ | |
3313 if (!glyphs_initialized_initially_p) | |
3314 return Qnil; | |
3315 | |
3316 update_begin (f); | |
35445
9af454aee182
(Fredraw_frame): Remove reference to
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
35374
diff
changeset
|
3317 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
25012 | 3318 set_terminal_modes (); |
3319 clear_frame (); | |
3320 clear_current_matrices (f); | |
3321 update_end (f); | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3322 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3323 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
25012 | 3324 windows_or_buffers_changed++; |
3325 /* Mark all windows as inaccurate, so that every window will have | |
3326 its redisplay done. */ | |
3327 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0); | |
3328 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)), 1); | |
3329 f->garbaged = 0; | |
3330 return Qnil; | |
3331 } | |
3332 | |
3333 | |
3334 /* Redraw frame F. This is nothing more than a call to the Lisp | |
3335 function redraw-frame. */ | |
3336 | |
3337 void | |
3338 redraw_frame (f) | |
3339 struct frame *f; | |
3340 { | |
3341 Lisp_Object frame; | |
3342 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3343 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3344 } | |
3345 | |
3346 | |
3347 DEFUN ("redraw-display", Fredraw_display, Sredraw_display, 0, 0, "", | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3348 doc: /* Clear and redisplay all visible frames. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
3349 () |
25012 | 3350 { |
3351 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3352 | |
3353 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3354 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3355 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3356 | |
3357 return Qnil; | |
3358 } | |
3359 | |
3360 | |
3361 /* This is used when frame_garbaged is set. Call Fredraw_frame on all | |
3362 visible frames marked as garbaged. */ | |
3363 | |
3364 void | |
3365 redraw_garbaged_frames () | |
3366 { | |
3367 Lisp_Object tail, frame; | |
3368 | |
3369 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
3370 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (frame)) | |
3371 && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (frame))) | |
3372 Fredraw_frame (frame); | |
3373 } | |
3374 | |
3375 | |
3376 | |
3377 /*********************************************************************** | |
3378 Direct Operations | |
3379 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3380 | |
3381 /* Try to update display and current glyph matrix directly. | |
3382 | |
3383 This function is called after a character G has been inserted into | |
3384 current_buffer. It tries to update the current glyph matrix and | |
3385 perform appropriate screen output to reflect the insertion. If it | |
3386 succeeds, the global flag redisplay_performed_directly_p will be | |
3387 set to 1, and thereby prevent the more costly general redisplay | |
3388 from running (see redisplay_internal). | |
3389 | |
3390 This function is not called for `hairy' character insertions. | |
3391 In particular, it is not called when after or before change | |
3392 functions exist, like they are used by font-lock. See keyboard.c | |
3393 for details where this function is called. */ | |
314 | 3394 |
3395 int | |
3396 direct_output_for_insert (g) | |
3397 int g; | |
3398 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3399 register struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3400 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3401 struct it it, it2; | |
3402 struct glyph_row *glyph_row; | |
3403 struct glyph *glyphs, *glyph, *end; | |
3404 int n; | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3405 /* Non-null means that redisplay of W is based on window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3406 int window_redisplay_p = FRAME_WINDOW_P (f); |
3407 /* Non-null means we are in overwrite mode. */ | |
3408 int overwrite_p = !NILP (current_buffer->overwrite_mode); | |
3409 int added_width; | |
3410 struct text_pos pos; | |
3411 int delta, delta_bytes; | |
3412 | |
3413 /* Not done directly. */ | |
3414 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0; | |
3415 | |
3416 /* Quickly give up for some common cases. */ | |
3417 if (cursor_in_echo_area | |
3418 /* Give up if fonts have changed. */ | |
3419 || fonts_changed_p | |
3420 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ | |
3421 || face_change_count | |
3422 /* Give up if cursor position not really known. */ | |
314 | 3423 || !display_completed |
25012 | 3424 /* Give up if buffer appears in two places. */ |
314 | 3425 || buffer_shared > 1 |
34715
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3426 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3427 minibuffer contents. */ |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3428 || (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window) |
fc3693bea815
(direct_output_for_insert): Fix check for mini-window
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34622
diff
changeset
|
3429 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
25012 | 3430 /* Give up for hscrolled mini-buffer because display of the prompt |
3431 is handled specially there (see display_line). */ | |
3432 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (w) && XFASTINT (w->hscroll)) | |
3433 /* Give up if overwriting in the middle of a line. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3434 || (overwrite_p |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3435 && PT != ZV |
25012 | 3436 && FETCH_BYTE (PT) != '\n') |
3437 /* Give up for tabs and line ends. */ | |
3438 || g == '\t' | |
3439 || g == '\n' | |
3440 || g == '\r' | |
3441 /* Give up if unable to display the cursor in the window. */ | |
3442 || w->cursor.vpos < 0 | |
36279
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3443 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3444 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3445 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
1e3dc8692936
(direct_output_for_insert): Give up if we are showing
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36115
diff
changeset
|
3446 || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3447 || (glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos), |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3448 /* Can't do it in a continued line because continuation |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3449 lines would change. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3450 (glyph_row->continued_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3451 /* Can't use this method if the line overlaps others or is |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3452 overlapped by others because these other lines would |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3453 have to be redisplayed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3454 || glyph_row->overlapping_p |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3455 || glyph_row->overlapped_p)) |
25012 | 3456 /* Can't do it for partial width windows on terminal frames |
3457 because we can't clear to eol in such a window. */ | |
3458 || (!window_redisplay_p && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))) | |
3459 return 0; | |
3460 | |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3461 /* If we can't insert glyphs, we can use this method only |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3462 at the end of a line. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3463 if (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
35374
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3464 if (PT != ZV && FETCH_BYTE (PT_BYTE) != '\n') |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3465 return 0; |
3fc8f4c6ed56
(direct_output_for_insert): If char_ins_del_ok is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35336
diff
changeset
|
3466 |
25012 | 3467 /* Set up a display iterator structure for W. Glyphs will be |
3468 produced in scratch_glyph_row. Current position is W's cursor | |
3469 position. */ | |
3470 clear_glyph_row (&scratch_glyph_row); | |
3471 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE); | |
28361
eccb57c44da5
(direct_output_for_insert): Use DEC_TEXT_POS
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
27968
diff
changeset
|
3472 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters)); |
25012 | 3473 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), &scratch_glyph_row, |
3474 DEFAULT_FACE_ID); | |
3475 | |
3476 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3477 if (glyph_row->mouse_face_p) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3478 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3479 |
25012 | 3480 /* Give up if highlighting trailing whitespace and we have trailing |
3481 whitespace in glyph_row. We would have to remove the trailing | |
3482 whitespace face in that case. */ | |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3483 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace) |
25012 | 3484 && glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
3485 { | |
3486 struct glyph *last; | |
3487 | |
3488 last = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; | |
3489 if (last->type == STRETCH_GLYPH | |
3490 || (last->type == CHAR_GLYPH | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
3491 && last->u.ch == ' ')) |
25012 | 3492 return 0; |
3493 } | |
3494 | |
3495 /* Give up if there are overlay strings at pos. This would fail | |
3496 if the overlay string has newlines in it. */ | |
3497 if (STRINGP (it.string)) | |
3498 return 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3499 |
25012 | 3500 it.hpos = w->cursor.hpos; |
3501 it.vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
3502 it.current_x = w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x; | |
3503 it.current_y = w->cursor.y; | |
3504 it.end_charpos = PT; | |
3505 it.stop_charpos = min (PT, it.stop_charpos); | |
39226
d86fe98ee7d5
(direct_output_for_insert): Don't change IT's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38988
diff
changeset
|
3506 it.stop_charpos = max (IT_CHARPOS (it), it.stop_charpos); |
25012 | 3507 |
3508 /* More than one display element may be returned for PT - 1 if | |
3509 (i) it's a control character which is translated into `\003' or | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3510 `^C', or (ii) it has a display table entry, or (iii) it's a |
25012 | 3511 combination of both. */ |
3512 delta = delta_bytes = 0; | |
3513 while (get_next_display_element (&it)) | |
3514 { | |
3515 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it); | |
3516 | |
3517 /* Give up if glyph doesn't fit completely on the line. */ | |
3518 if (it.current_x >= it.last_visible_x) | |
3519 return 0; | |
3520 | |
3521 /* Give up if new glyph has different ascent or descent than | |
3522 the original row, or if it is not a character glyph. */ | |
3523 if (glyph_row->ascent != it.ascent | |
3524 || glyph_row->height != it.ascent + it.descent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3525 || glyph_row->phys_ascent != it.phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3526 || glyph_row->phys_height != it.phys_ascent + it.phys_descent |
25012 | 3527 || it.what != IT_CHARACTER) |
3528 return 0; | |
3529 | |
3530 delta += 1; | |
3531 delta_bytes += it.len; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3532 set_iterator_to_next (&it, 1); |
25012 | 3533 } |
3534 | |
3535 /* Give up if we hit the right edge of the window. We would have | |
3536 to insert truncation or continuation glyphs. */ | |
3537 added_width = it.current_x - (w->cursor.x + it.first_visible_x); | |
3538 if (glyph_row->pixel_width + added_width >= it.last_visible_x) | |
314 | 3539 return 0; |
3540 | |
25012 | 3541 /* Give up if there is a \t following in the line. */ |
3542 it2 = it; | |
3543 it2.end_charpos = ZV; | |
3544 it2.stop_charpos = min (it2.stop_charpos, ZV); | |
3545 while (get_next_display_element (&it2) | |
3546 && !ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (&it2)) | |
3547 { | |
3548 if (it2.c == '\t') | |
3549 return 0; | |
32468
20788c8274cd
(direct_output_for_insert): Call set_iterator_to_next
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31932
diff
changeset
|
3550 set_iterator_to_next (&it2, 1); |
25012 | 3551 } |
3552 | |
3553 /* Number of new glyphs produced. */ | |
3554 n = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3555 | |
3556 /* Start and end of glyphs in original row. */ | |
3557 glyphs = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + w->cursor.hpos; | |
3558 end = glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA]; | |
3559 | |
3560 /* Make room for new glyphs, then insert them. */ | |
3561 xassert (end - glyphs - n >= 0); | |
25781
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3562 safe_bcopy ((char *) glyphs, (char *) (glyphs + n), |
e5579bc77d9e
(direct_output_for_insert): Cast arguments to
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25735
diff
changeset
|
3563 (end - glyphs - n) * sizeof (*end)); |
25012 | 3564 bcopy (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], glyphs, n * sizeof *glyphs); |
3565 glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = min (glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] + n, | |
3566 end - glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3567 |
25012 | 3568 /* Compute new line width. */ |
3569 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3570 end = glyph + glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
3571 glyph_row->pixel_width = glyph_row->x; | |
3572 while (glyph < end) | |
3573 { | |
3574 glyph_row->pixel_width += glyph->pixel_width; | |
3575 ++glyph; | |
3576 } | |
3577 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3578 /* Increment buffer positions for glyphs following the newly |
25012 | 3579 inserted ones. */ |
3580 for (glyph = glyphs + n; glyph < end; ++glyph) | |
26546
0f43cc91d6a5
(direct_output_for_insert): Increment glyph positions
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26499
diff
changeset
|
3581 if (glyph->charpos > 0 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)) |
25012 | 3582 glyph->charpos += delta; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3583 |
25012 | 3584 if (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) > 0) |
3585 { | |
3586 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (glyph_row) += delta; | |
3587 MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (glyph_row) += delta_bytes; | |
3588 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3589 |
25012 | 3590 /* Adjust positions in lines following the one we are in. */ |
28708
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3591 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3592 w->cursor.vpos + 1, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3593 w->current_matrix->nrows, |
4e2497e6757e
(increment_matrix_positions): Renamed from
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28682
diff
changeset
|
3594 delta, delta_bytes); |
25012 | 3595 |
3596 glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p | |
3597 |= it.glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; | |
3598 | |
26591
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3599 glyph_row->displays_text_p = 1; |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3600 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (max (w->cursor.vpos, |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3601 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))); |
f7c7ef351f04
(direct_output_for_insert): Set glyph row's
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26546
diff
changeset
|
3602 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3603 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
25012 | 3604 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it.f, glyph_row); |
3605 | |
3606 /* Write glyphs. If at end of row, we can simply call write_glyphs. | |
3607 In the middle, we have to insert glyphs. Note that this is now | |
3608 implemented for X frames. The implementation uses updated_window | |
3609 and updated_row. */ | |
3610 updated_row = glyph_row; | |
38988
53ae5a92e2fc
(direct_output_for_insert): Set updated_area
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38748
diff
changeset
|
3611 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; |
25012 | 3612 update_begin (f); |
3613 if (rif) | |
3614 { | |
3615 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3616 |
36115
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3617 if (glyphs == end - n |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3618 /* In front of a space added by append_space. */ |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3619 || (glyphs == end - n - 1 |
c0fac212cfcc
(direct_output_for_insert): Recognize more cases where
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36097
diff
changeset
|
3620 && (end - n)->charpos <= 0)) |
25012 | 3621 rif->write_glyphs (glyphs, n); |
3622 else | |
3623 rif->insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3624 } | |
3625 else | |
3626 { | |
3627 if (glyphs == end - n) | |
3628 write_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3629 else | |
3630 insert_glyphs (glyphs, n); | |
3631 } | |
3632 | |
3633 w->cursor.hpos += n; | |
3634 w->cursor.x = it.current_x - it.first_visible_x; | |
3635 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3636 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
3637 | |
3638 /* How to set the cursor differs depending on whether we are | |
3639 using a frame matrix or a window matrix. Note that when | |
3640 a frame matrix is used, cursor_to expects frame coordinates, | |
3641 and the X and Y parameters are not used. */ | |
3642 if (window_redisplay_p) | |
3643 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3644 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3645 else | |
3646 { | |
3647 int x, y; | |
3648 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3649 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3650 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 3651 : 0)); |
3652 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3653 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3654 } | |
3655 | |
3656 if (rif) | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3657 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 1, 0); |
25012 | 3658 update_end (f); |
3659 updated_row = NULL; | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3660 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3661 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
25012 | 3662 |
3663 TRACE ((stderr, "direct output for insert\n")); | |
44260
64c67a3eebb2
(direct_output_for_insert): Call
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
43729
diff
changeset
|
3664 mark_window_display_accurate (it.window, 1); |
25012 | 3665 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3666 return 1; |
3667 } | |
3668 | |
25012 | 3669 |
3670 /* Perform a direct display update for moving PT by N positions | |
3671 left or right. N < 0 means a movement backwards. This function | |
3672 is currently only called for N == 1 or N == -1. */ | |
3673 | |
314 | 3674 int |
3675 direct_output_forward_char (n) | |
3676 int n; | |
3677 { | |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
3678 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
25012 | 3679 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window); |
3680 struct glyph_row *row; | |
3681 | |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3682 /* Give up if point moved out of or into a composition. */ |
28507
b6f06a755c7d
make_number/XINT/XUINT conversions; EQ/== fixes; ==Qnil -> NILP
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
28361
diff
changeset
|
3683 if (check_point_in_composition (current_buffer, XINT (w->last_point), |
26851
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3684 current_buffer, PT)) |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3685 return 0; |
2513566d55fd
(direct_output_forward_char): Check point moving into
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26729
diff
changeset
|
3686 |
25012 | 3687 /* Give up if face attributes have been changed. */ |
3688 if (face_change_count) | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
3689 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3690 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3691 /* Give up if current matrix is not up to date or we are |
25012 | 3692 displaying a message. */ |
3693 if (!display_completed || cursor_in_echo_area) | |
3694 return 0; | |
3695 | |
3696 /* Give up if the buffer's direction is reversed. */ | |
3697 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->direction_reversed)) | |
314 | 3698 return 0; |
11096
cac0367b1794
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use direct output at an overlay boundary.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
10770
diff
changeset
|
3699 |
2794
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3700 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting a region. */ |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3701 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode) && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)) |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3702 return 0; |
9163e4e4752c
(direct_output_forward_char): Just give up
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
2778
diff
changeset
|
3703 |
25304
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3704 /* Can't use direct output if highlighting trailing whitespace. */ |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3705 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)) |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3706 return 0; |
4b75c26bd356
(direct_output_for_insert): Use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25241
diff
changeset
|
3707 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3708 /* Give up if we are showing a message or just cleared the message |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3709 because we might need to resize the echo area window. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3710 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1])) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3711 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3712 |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3713 /* Give up if currently displaying a message instead of the |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3714 minibuffer contents. */ |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3715 if (XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3716 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window)) |
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
3717 return 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3718 |
25735
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3719 /* Give up if we don't know where the cursor is. */ |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3720 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0) |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3721 return 0; |
fcb92c26acf2
(direct_output_forward_char): Don't use this method
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25725
diff
changeset
|
3722 |
25012 | 3723 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos); |
3724 | |
31271
4f0c5eecc5a6
(build_frame_matrix_from_leaf_window): If a row of a
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31093
diff
changeset
|
3725 /* Give up if PT is outside of the last known cursor row. */ |
41069
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3726 if (PT <= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) |
818a84568f83
(direct_output_forward_char): Fix character/byte
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
41025
diff
changeset
|
3727 || PT >= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)) |
6069
07045ca8ff19
(direct_output_forward_char): Use Fget_char_property to test for invisibility.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
6068
diff
changeset
|
3728 return 0; |
4384
98605d0ea3cf
(direct_output_for_insert): Fail if character
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
4290
diff
changeset
|
3729 |
25012 | 3730 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3731 |
25012 | 3732 w->last_cursor = w->cursor; |
16039
855c8d8ba0f0
Change all references from point to PT.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15896
diff
changeset
|
3733 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, PT); |
25012 | 3734 |
3735 xassert (w->cursor.hpos >= 0 | |
3736 && w->cursor.hpos < w->desired_matrix->matrix_w); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3737 |
25012 | 3738 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) |
3739 rif->cursor_to (w->cursor.vpos, w->cursor.hpos, | |
3740 w->cursor.y, w->cursor.x); | |
3741 else | |
3742 { | |
3743 int x, y; | |
3744 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos) | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3745 + (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
3746 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols) |
25012 | 3747 : 0)); |
3748 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
3749 cursor_to (y, x); | |
3750 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3751 |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3752 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
3753 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
25012 | 3754 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 1; |
314 | 3755 return 1; |
3756 } | |
25012 | 3757 |
3758 | |
314 | 3759 |
25012 | 3760 /*********************************************************************** |
3761 Frame Update | |
3762 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3763 | |
3764 /* Update frame F based on the data in desired matrices. | |
3765 | |
3766 If FORCE_P is non-zero, don't let redisplay be stopped by detecting | |
3767 pending input. If INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P is non-zero, don't try | |
3768 scrolling. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3769 |
25012 | 3770 Value is non-zero if redisplay was stopped due to pending input. */ |
314 | 3771 |
3772 int | |
25012 | 3773 update_frame (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p) |
3774 struct frame *f; | |
3775 int force_p; | |
3776 int inhibit_hairy_id_p; | |
3777 { | |
3778 /* 1 means display has been paused because of pending input. */ | |
3779 int paused_p; | |
3780 struct window *root_window = XWINDOW (f->root_window); | |
3781 | |
3782 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)) | |
3783 { | |
3784 /* We are working on window matrix basis. All windows whose | |
3785 flag must_be_updated_p is set have to be updated. */ | |
3786 | |
3787 /* Record that we are not working on frame matrices. */ | |
3788 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3789 | |
3790 /* Update all windows in the window tree of F, maybe stopping | |
3791 when pending input is detected. */ | |
3792 update_begin (f); | |
3793 | |
3794 /* Update the menu bar on X frames that don't have toolkit | |
3795 support. */ | |
3796 if (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window)) | |
3797 update_window (XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window), 1); | |
3798 | |
3799 /* Update the tool-bar window, if present. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3800 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
25012 | 3801 { |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3802 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window); |
25012 | 3803 |
3804 /* Update tool-bar window. */ | |
3805 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3806 { | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3807 Lisp_Object tem; |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
3808 |
25012 | 3809 update_window (w, 1); |
3810 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3811 | |
3812 /* Swap tool-bar strings. We swap because we want to | |
3813 reuse strings. */ | |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3814 tem = f->current_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3815 f->current_tool_bar_string = f->desired_tool_bar_string; |
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
3816 f->desired_tool_bar_string = tem; |
25012 | 3817 } |
3818 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3819 |
25012 | 3820 |
3821 /* Update windows. */ | |
3822 paused_p = update_window_tree (root_window, force_p); | |
3823 update_end (f); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3824 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3825 #if 0 /* This flush is a performance bottleneck under X, |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3826 and it doesn't seem to be necessary anyway. */ |
25012 | 3827 rif->flush_display (f); |
3828 #endif | |
3829 } | |
3830 else | |
3831 { | |
3832 /* We are working on frame matrix basis. Set the frame on whose | |
3833 frame matrix we operate. */ | |
3834 set_frame_matrix_frame (f); | |
3835 | |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3836 /* Build F's desired matrix from window matrices. */ |
25012 | 3837 build_frame_matrix (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3838 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3839 /* Update the display */ |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3840 update_begin (f); |
25012 | 3841 paused_p = update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_hairy_id_p); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3842 update_end (f); |
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3843 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
3844 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
3845 fflush (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
3846 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3847 |
25012 | 3848 /* Check window matrices for lost pointers. */ |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
3849 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3850 check_window_matrix_pointers (root_window); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3851 add_frame_display_history (f, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
3852 #endif |
25012 | 3853 } |
3854 | |
3855 /* Reset flags indicating that a window should be updated. */ | |
3856 set_window_update_flags (root_window, 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3857 |
31295
d4f918f0b184
(update_frame): Only set display_completed here; use
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31271
diff
changeset
|
3858 display_completed = !paused_p; |
25012 | 3859 return paused_p; |
3860 } | |
3861 | |
3862 | |
3863 | |
3864 /************************************************************************ | |
3865 Window-based updates | |
3866 ************************************************************************/ | |
3867 | |
3868 /* Perform updates in window tree rooted at W. FORCE_P non-zero means | |
3869 don't stop updating when input is pending. */ | |
3870 | |
3871 static int | |
3872 update_window_tree (w, force_p) | |
3873 struct window *w; | |
3874 int force_p; | |
3875 { | |
3876 int paused_p = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3877 |
25012 | 3878 while (w && !paused_p) |
3879 { | |
3880 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) | |
3881 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), force_p); | |
3882 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) | |
3883 paused_p |= update_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), force_p); | |
3884 else if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3885 paused_p |= update_window (w, force_p); | |
3886 | |
3887 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); | |
3888 } | |
3889 | |
3890 return paused_p; | |
3891 } | |
3892 | |
3893 | |
3894 /* Update window W if its flag must_be_updated_p is non-zero. If | |
3895 FORCE_P is non-zero, don't stop updating if input is pending. */ | |
3896 | |
3897 void | |
3898 update_single_window (w, force_p) | |
3899 struct window *w; | |
3900 int force_p; | |
3901 { | |
3902 if (w->must_be_updated_p) | |
3903 { | |
3904 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); | |
3905 | |
3906 /* Record that this is not a frame-based redisplay. */ | |
3907 set_frame_matrix_frame (NULL); | |
3908 | |
3909 /* Update W. */ | |
3910 update_begin (f); | |
3911 update_window (w, force_p); | |
3912 update_end (f); | |
3913 | |
3914 /* Reset flag in W. */ | |
3915 w->must_be_updated_p = 0; | |
3916 } | |
3917 } | |
3918 | |
3919 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3920 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that are |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3921 overlapped by other rows. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3922 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3923 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3924 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3925 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3926 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3927 { |
30165
d7ec5b3caccc
(redraw_overlapped_rows): Add missing local.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30161
diff
changeset
|
3928 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3929 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3930 /* If rows overlapping others have been changed, the rows being |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3931 overlapped have to be redrawn. This won't draw lines that have |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3932 already been drawn in update_window_line because overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3933 desired rows is 0, so after row assignment overlapped_p in |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3934 current rows is 0. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3935 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3936 { |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3937 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3938 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3939 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3940 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3941 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3942 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3943 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3944 if (row->overlapped_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3945 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3946 enum glyph_row_area area; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3947 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3948 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3949 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3950 updated_row = row; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3951 updated_area = area; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3952 rif->cursor_to (i, 0, row->y, area == TEXT_AREA ? row->x : 0); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3953 if (row->used[area]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3954 rif->write_glyphs (row->glyphs[area], row->used[area]); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3955 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3956 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3957 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3958 row->overlapped_p = 0; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3959 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3960 |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
3961 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3962 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3963 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3964 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3965 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3966 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3967 /* Redraw lines from the current matrix of window W that overlap |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3968 others. YB is bottom-most y-position in W. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3969 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3970 static void |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3971 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3972 struct window *w; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3973 int yb; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3974 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3975 int i, bottom_y; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3976 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3977 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3978 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3979 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3980 row = w->current_matrix->rows + i; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3981 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3982 if (!row->enabled_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3983 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3984 else if (row->mode_line_p) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3985 continue; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3986 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3987 bottom_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3988 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3989 if (row->overlapping_p && i > 0 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3990 { |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3991 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3992 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3993 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3994 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3995 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
3996 |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3997 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA]) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3998 rif->fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA); |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
3999 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4000 /* Record in neighbour rows that ROW overwrites part of their |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4001 display. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4002 if (row->phys_ascent > row->ascent && i > 0) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4003 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i - 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4004 if ((row->phys_height - row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4005 > row->height - row->ascent) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4006 && bottom_y < yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4007 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i + 1)->overlapped_p = 1; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4008 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4009 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4010 if (bottom_y >= yb) |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4011 break; |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4012 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4013 } |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4014 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4015 |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4016 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4017 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4018 /* Check that no row in the current matrix of window W is enabled |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4019 which is below what's displayed in the window. */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4020 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4021 void |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4022 check_current_matrix_flags (w) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4023 struct window *w; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4024 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4025 int last_seen_p = 0; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4026 int i, yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4027 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4028 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4029 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4030 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4031 if (!last_seen_p && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4032 last_seen_p = 1; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4033 else if (last_seen_p && row->enabled_p) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4034 abort (); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4035 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4036 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4037 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4038 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */ |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4039 |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4040 |
25012 | 4041 /* Update display of window W. FORCE_P non-zero means that we should |
4042 not stop when detecting pending input. */ | |
4043 | |
4044 static int | |
4045 update_window (w, force_p) | |
4046 struct window *w; | |
4047 int force_p; | |
4048 { | |
4049 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4050 int paused_p; | |
4051 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
4052 extern int input_pending; | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4053 extern Lisp_Object do_mouse_tracking; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4054 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4055 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4056 #endif |
25012 | 4057 |
4058 /* Check that W's frame doesn't have glyph matrices. */ | |
4059 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
4060 xassert (updating_frame != NULL); | |
4061 | |
4062 /* Check pending input the first time so that we can quickly return. */ | |
4063 if (redisplay_dont_pause) | |
4064 force_p = 1; | |
4065 else | |
4066 detect_input_pending (); | |
4067 | |
4068 /* If forced to complete the update, or if no input is pending, do | |
4069 the update. */ | |
34517
7c8d2cec3d08
(update_window): If do_mouse_tracking is non-nil,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34279
diff
changeset
|
4070 if (force_p || !input_pending || !NILP (do_mouse_tracking)) |
25012 | 4071 { |
4072 struct glyph_row *row, *end; | |
4073 struct glyph_row *mode_line_row; | |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4074 struct glyph_row *header_line_row; |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4075 int yb, changed_p = 0, mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0, n_updated; |
25012 | 4076 |
4077 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w); | |
4078 yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
4079 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4080 /* If window has a header line, update it before everything else. |
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4081 Adjust y-positions of other rows by the header line height. */ |
25012 | 4082 row = desired_matrix->rows; |
4083 end = row + desired_matrix->nrows - 1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4084 |
25012 | 4085 if (row->mode_line_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4086 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4087 header_line_row = row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4088 ++row; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4089 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4090 else |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4091 header_line_row = NULL; |
25012 | 4092 |
4093 /* Update the mode line, if necessary. */ | |
4094 mode_line_row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (desired_matrix); | |
4095 if (mode_line_row->mode_line_p && mode_line_row->enabled_p) | |
4096 { | |
4097 mode_line_row->y = yb; | |
4098 update_window_line (w, MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (mode_line_row, | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4099 desired_matrix), |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4100 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4101 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4102 } |
4103 | |
4104 /* Find first enabled row. Optimizations in redisplay_internal | |
4105 may lead to an update with only one row enabled. There may | |
4106 be also completely empty matrices. */ | |
4107 while (row < end && !row->enabled_p) | |
4108 ++row; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4109 |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4110 /* Try reusing part of the display by copying. */ |
25012 | 4111 if (row < end && !desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p) |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4112 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4113 int rc = scrolling_window (w, header_line_row != NULL); |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4114 if (rc < 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4115 { |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4116 /* All rows were found to be equal. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4117 paused_p = 0; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4118 goto set_cursor; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4119 } |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4120 else if (rc > 0) |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4121 /* We've scrolled the display. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4122 force_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4123 changed_p = 1; |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4124 } |
25012 | 4125 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4126 /* Update the header line after scrolling because a new header |
25012 | 4127 line would otherwise overwrite lines at the top of the window |
4128 that can be scrolled. */ | |
25546 | 4129 if (header_line_row && header_line_row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4130 { |
25546 | 4131 header_line_row->y = 0; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4132 update_window_line (w, 0, &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4133 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4134 } |
4135 | |
4136 /* Update the rest of the lines. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4137 for (n_updated = 0; row < end && (force_p || !input_pending); ++row) |
31653
2554afbeb88d
(update_window): Make sure to make desired rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31295
diff
changeset
|
4138 if (row->enabled_p) |
25012 | 4139 { |
4140 int vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, desired_matrix); | |
4141 int i; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4142 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4143 /* We'll have to play a little bit with when to |
25012 | 4144 detect_input_pending. If it's done too often, |
4145 scrolling large windows with repeated scroll-up | |
4146 commands will too quickly pause redisplay. */ | |
34622
877ed6cab304
(update_window): Detect pending input every nth line
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34517
diff
changeset
|
4147 if (!force_p && ++n_updated % preempt_count == 0) |
25012 | 4148 detect_input_pending (); |
4149 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4150 changed_p |= update_window_line (w, vpos, |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4151 &mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4152 |
4153 /* Mark all rows below the last visible one in the current | |
4154 matrix as invalid. This is necessary because of | |
4155 variable line heights. Consider the case of three | |
4156 successive redisplays, where the first displays 5 | |
4157 lines, the second 3 lines, and the third 5 lines again. | |
4158 If the second redisplay wouldn't mark rows in the | |
4159 current matrix invalid, the third redisplay might be | |
4160 tempted to optimize redisplay based on lines displayed | |
4161 in the first redisplay. */ | |
4162 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb) | |
4163 for (i = vpos + 1; i < w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) | |
4164 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i)->enabled_p = 0; | |
4165 } | |
4166 | |
4167 /* Was display preempted? */ | |
4168 paused_p = row < end; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4169 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4170 set_cursor: |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4171 |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4172 /* Fix the appearance of overlapping/overlapped rows. */ |
25012 | 4173 if (!paused_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
4174 { | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4175 if (changed_p && rif->fix_overlapping_area) |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4176 { |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4177 redraw_overlapped_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4178 redraw_overlapping_rows (w, yb); |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4179 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4180 |
25012 | 4181 /* Make cursor visible at cursor position of W. */ |
4182 set_window_cursor_after_update (w); | |
4183 | |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4184 #if 0 /* Check that current matrix invariants are satisfied. This is |
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4185 for debugging only. See the comment of check_matrix_invariants. */ |
25012 | 4186 IF_DEBUG (check_matrix_invariants (w)); |
4187 #endif | |
4188 } | |
4189 | |
4190 #if GLYPH_DEBUG | |
4191 /* Remember the redisplay method used to display the matrix. */ | |
4192 strcpy (w->current_matrix->method, w->desired_matrix->method); | |
4193 #endif | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4194 |
38489
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4195 /* End the update of window W. Don't set the cursor if we |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4196 paused updating the display because in this case, |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4197 set_window_cursor_after_update hasn't been called, and |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4198 output_cursor doesn't contain the cursor location. */ |
19cb32759a2a
(update_window): Don't set the cursor at the end
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
38354
diff
changeset
|
4199 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, !paused_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p); |
25012 | 4200 } |
4201 else | |
4202 paused_p = 1; | |
4203 | |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
4204 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34944
4fc804373f2a
(update_window): Don't check_current_matrix_flags.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34929
diff
changeset
|
4205 /* check_current_matrix_flags (w); */ |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4206 add_window_display_history (w, w->current_matrix->method, paused_p); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
4207 #endif |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4208 |
25012 | 4209 clear_glyph_matrix (desired_matrix); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4210 |
25012 | 4211 return paused_p; |
4212 } | |
4213 | |
4214 | |
4215 /* Update the display of area AREA in window W, row number VPOS. | |
4216 AREA can be either LEFT_MARGIN_AREA or RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA. */ | |
4217 | |
4218 static void | |
4219 update_marginal_area (w, area, vpos) | |
4220 struct window *w; | |
4221 int area, vpos; | |
4222 { | |
4223 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
4224 | |
4225 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4226 will be relative to. */ | |
4227 updated_area = area; | |
4228 | |
4229 /* Set cursor to start of glyphs, write them, and clear to the end | |
4230 of the area. I don't think that something more sophisticated is | |
4231 necessary here, since marginal areas will not be the default. */ | |
4232 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, 0); | |
4233 if (desired_row->used[area]) | |
4234 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[area], desired_row->used[area]); | |
4235 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
4236 } | |
4237 | |
4238 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4239 /* Update the display of the text area of row VPOS in window W. |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4240 Value is non-zero if display has changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4241 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4242 static int |
25012 | 4243 update_text_area (w, vpos) |
4244 struct window *w; | |
4245 int vpos; | |
314 | 4246 { |
25012 | 4247 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); |
4248 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4249 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4250 |
4251 /* Let functions in xterm.c know what area subsequent X positions | |
4252 will be relative to. */ | |
4253 updated_area = TEXT_AREA; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4254 |
25012 | 4255 /* If rows are at different X or Y, or rows have different height, |
4256 or the current row is marked invalid, write the entire line. */ | |
4257 if (!current_row->enabled_p | |
4258 || desired_row->y != current_row->y | |
4259 || desired_row->ascent != current_row->ascent | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4260 || desired_row->phys_ascent != current_row->phys_ascent |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4261 || desired_row->phys_height != current_row->phys_height |
25012 | 4262 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4263 || current_row->overlapped_p |
30307
faf4e303bab7
(update_text_area): Write the whole row if it
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30165
diff
changeset
|
4264 || current_row->mouse_face_p |
25012 | 4265 || current_row->x != desired_row->x) |
4266 { | |
4267 rif->cursor_to (vpos, 0, desired_row->y, desired_row->x); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4268 |
25012 | 4269 if (desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4270 rif->write_glyphs (desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA], | |
4271 desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4272 |
25012 | 4273 /* Clear to end of window. */ |
4274 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4275 changed_p = 1; |
44815
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4276 |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4277 /* This erases the cursor. We do this here because |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4278 notice_overwritten_cursor cannot easily check this, which |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4279 might indicate that the whole functionality of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4280 notice_overwritten_cursor would better be implemented here. |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4281 On the other hand, we need notice_overwritten_cursor as long |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4282 as mouse highlighting is done asynchronously outside of |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4283 redisplay. */ |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4284 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos) |
cf2454d3a103
(update_text_area): Set phys_cursor_on_p to 0 in the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44580
diff
changeset
|
4285 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; |
25012 | 4286 } |
4287 else | |
4288 { | |
4289 int stop, i, x; | |
4290 struct glyph *current_glyph = current_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
4291 struct glyph *desired_glyph = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4292 int overlapping_glyphs_p = current_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p; |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4293 int desired_stop_pos = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4294 |
25012 | 4295 /* If the desired row extends its face to the text area end, |
4296 make sure we write at least one glyph, so that the face | |
4297 extension actually takes place. */ | |
35269 | 4298 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) |
35268
d93bf580d166
(update_text_area): Put code which decrements the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35006
diff
changeset
|
4299 --desired_stop_pos; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4300 |
25012 | 4301 stop = min (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA], desired_stop_pos); |
4302 i = 0; | |
4303 x = desired_row->x; | |
36097
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4304 |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4305 /* Loop over glyphs that current and desired row may have |
1dfaaf6d6166
(update_text_area): Undo change of 2001-01-12.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35924
diff
changeset
|
4306 in common. */ |
25012 | 4307 while (i < stop) |
4308 { | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4309 int can_skip_p = 1; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4310 |
25012 | 4311 /* Skip over glyphs that both rows have in common. These |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4312 don't have to be written. We can't skip if the last |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4313 current glyph overlaps the glyph to its right. For |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4314 example, consider a current row of `if ' with the `f' in |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4315 Courier bold so that it overlaps the ` ' to its right. |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4316 If the desired row is ` ', we would skip over the space |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4317 after the `if' and there would remain a pixel from the |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4318 `f' on the screen. */ |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4319 if (overlapping_glyphs_p && i > 0) |
25012 | 4320 { |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4321 struct glyph *glyph = ¤t_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i - 1]; |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4322 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4323 |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4324 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4325 &left, &right); |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4326 can_skip_p = right == 0; |
25012 | 4327 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4328 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4329 if (can_skip_p) |
25012 | 4330 { |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4331 while (i < stop |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4332 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4333 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4334 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4335 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4336 } |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4337 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4338 /* Consider the case that the current row contains "xxx |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4339 ppp ggg" in italic Courier font, and the desired row |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4340 is "xxx ggg". The character `p' has lbearing, `g' |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4341 has not. The loop above will stop in front of the |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4342 first `p' in the current row. If we would start |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4343 writing glyphs there, we wouldn't erase the lbearing |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4344 of the `p'. The rest of the lbearing problem is then |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4345 taken care of by draw_glyphs. */ |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4346 if (overlapping_glyphs_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4347 && i > 0 |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4348 && i < current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4349 && (current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4350 != desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA])) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4351 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4352 int left, right; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4353 |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4354 rif->get_glyph_overhangs (current_glyph, XFRAME (w->frame), |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4355 &left, &right); |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4356 while (left > 0 && i > 0) |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4357 { |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4358 --i, --desired_glyph, --current_glyph; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4359 x -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4360 left -= desired_glyph->pixel_width; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4361 } |
25012 | 4362 } |
4363 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4364 |
25012 | 4365 /* Try to avoid writing the entire rest of the desired row |
4366 by looking for a resync point. This mainly prevents | |
4367 mode line flickering in the case the mode line is in | |
4368 fixed-pitch font, which it usually will be. */ | |
4369 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4370 { | |
4371 int start_x = x, start_hpos = i; | |
4372 struct glyph *start = desired_glyph; | |
4373 int current_x = x; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4374 int skip_first_p = !can_skip_p; |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4375 |
25012 | 4376 /* Find the next glyph that's equal again. */ |
4377 while (i < stop | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4378 && (skip_first_p |
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4379 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (desired_glyph, current_glyph)) |
25012 | 4380 && x == current_x) |
4381 { | |
4382 x += desired_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4383 current_x += current_glyph->pixel_width; | |
4384 ++desired_glyph, ++current_glyph, ++i; | |
33603
6697403d3c12
(update_text_area): Fix last change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33596
diff
changeset
|
4385 skip_first_p = 0; |
25012 | 4386 } |
4387 | |
4388 if (i == start_hpos || x != current_x) | |
4389 { | |
4390 i = start_hpos; | |
4391 x = start_x; | |
4392 desired_glyph = start; | |
4393 break; | |
4394 } | |
33596
680ddd4ab1f9
(update_text_area): Don't skip over equal glyphs
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33527
diff
changeset
|
4395 |
25012 | 4396 rif->cursor_to (vpos, start_hpos, desired_row->y, start_x); |
4397 rif->write_glyphs (start, i - start_hpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4398 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4399 } |
4400 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4401 |
25012 | 4402 /* Write the rest. */ |
4403 if (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4404 { | |
4405 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, x); | |
4406 rif->write_glyphs (desired_glyph, desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - i); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4407 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4408 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4409 |
25012 | 4410 /* Maybe clear to end of line. */ |
4411 if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (desired_row)) | |
4412 { | |
4413 /* If new row extends to the end of the text area, nothing | |
4414 has to be cleared, if and only if we did a write_glyphs | |
4415 above. This is made sure by setting desired_stop_pos | |
4416 appropriately above. */ | |
4417 xassert (i < desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]); | |
4418 } | |
4419 else if (MATRIX_ROW_EXTENDS_FACE_P (current_row)) | |
4420 { | |
4421 /* If old row extends to the end of the text area, clear. */ | |
4422 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4423 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4424 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4425 rif->clear_end_of_line (-1); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4426 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4427 } |
4428 else if (desired_row->pixel_width < current_row->pixel_width) | |
4429 { | |
4430 /* Otherwise clear to the end of the old row. Everything | |
4431 after that position should be clear already. */ | |
4432 int x; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4433 |
25012 | 4434 if (i >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) |
4435 rif->cursor_to (vpos, i, desired_row->y, | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4436 desired_row->pixel_width); |
25012 | 4437 |
4438 /* If cursor is displayed at the end of the line, make sure | |
4439 it's cleared. Nowadays we don't have a phys_cursor_glyph | |
4440 with which to erase the cursor (because this method | |
4441 doesn't work with lbearing/rbearing), so we must do it | |
4442 this way. */ | |
4443 if (vpos == w->phys_cursor.vpos | |
4444 && w->phys_cursor.hpos >= desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]) | |
4445 { | |
4446 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0; | |
4447 x = -1; | |
4448 } | |
4449 else | |
53055
4cb0d5b004e9
(update_text_area): Fix redisplay error when hscroll
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4450 x = current_row->pixel_width; |
25012 | 4451 rif->clear_end_of_line (x); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4452 changed_p = 1; |
25012 | 4453 } |
4454 } | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4455 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4456 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4457 } |
4458 | |
4459 | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4460 /* Update row VPOS in window W. Value is non-zero if display has been |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4461 changed. */ |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4462 |
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4463 static int |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4464 update_window_line (w, vpos, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
25012 | 4465 struct window *w; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4466 int vpos, *mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
25012 | 4467 { |
4468 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4469 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, vpos); | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4470 int changed_p = 0; |
25012 | 4471 |
4472 /* Set the row being updated. This is important to let xterm.c | |
4473 know what line height values are in effect. */ | |
4474 updated_row = desired_row; | |
4475 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4476 /* A row can be completely invisible in case a desired matrix was |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4477 built with a vscroll and then make_cursor_line_fully_visible shifts |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4478 the matrix. Make sure to make such rows current anyway, since |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4479 we need the correct y-position, for example, in the current matrix. */ |
31726
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4480 if (desired_row->mode_line_p |
59b455472b56
(update_window_line): Make sure to always draw
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31690
diff
changeset
|
4481 || desired_row->visible_height > 0) |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4482 { |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4483 xassert (desired_row->enabled_p); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4484 |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4485 /* Update display of the left margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4486 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4487 && !NILP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4488 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4489 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4490 update_marginal_area (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4491 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4492 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4493 /* Update the display of the text area. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4494 if (update_text_area (w, vpos)) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4495 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4496 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4497 if (current_row->mouse_face_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4498 *mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4499 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4500 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4501 /* Update display of the right margin area, if there is one. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4502 if (!desired_row->full_width_p |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
4503 && !NILP (w->right_margin_cols)) |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4504 { |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4505 changed_p = 1; |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4506 update_marginal_area (w, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA, vpos); |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4507 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4508 |
31690
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4509 /* Draw truncation marks etc. */ |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4510 if (!current_row->enabled_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4511 || desired_row->y != current_row->y |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4512 || desired_row->visible_height != current_row->visible_height |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4513 || desired_row->overlay_arrow_p != current_row->overlay_arrow_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4514 || desired_row->truncated_on_left_p != current_row->truncated_on_left_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4515 || desired_row->truncated_on_right_p != current_row->truncated_on_right_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4516 || desired_row->continued_p != current_row->continued_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4517 || desired_row->mode_line_p != current_row->mode_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4518 || (desired_row->indicate_empty_line_p |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4519 != current_row->indicate_empty_line_p) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4520 || (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (desired_row) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4521 != MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (current_row))) |
6abff42174ea
(update_window): Move test for invisible lines
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31653
diff
changeset
|
4522 rif->after_update_window_line_hook (desired_row); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
4523 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4524 |
25012 | 4525 /* Update current_row from desired_row. */ |
4526 make_current (w->desired_matrix, w->current_matrix, vpos); | |
4527 updated_row = NULL; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
4528 return changed_p; |
25012 | 4529 } |
4530 | |
4531 | |
4532 /* Set the cursor after an update of window W. This function may only | |
4533 be called from update_window. */ | |
4534 | |
4535 static void | |
4536 set_window_cursor_after_update (w) | |
4537 struct window *w; | |
4538 { | |
4539 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); | |
4540 int cx, cy, vpos, hpos; | |
4541 | |
4542 /* Not intended for frame matrix updates. */ | |
4543 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4544 |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4545 if (cursor_in_echo_area |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4546 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4547 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4548 show the cursor for the message instead. */ |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4549 && XWINDOW (minibuf_window) == w |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4550 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25012 | 4551 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
4552 the active mini-buffer window. */ | |
4553 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) | |
4554 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) | |
4555 { | |
4556 cx = cy = vpos = hpos = 0; | |
4557 | |
4558 if (cursor_in_echo_area >= 0) | |
4559 { | |
4560 /* If the mini-buffer is several lines high, find the last | |
4561 line that has any text on it. Note: either all lines | |
4562 are enabled or none. Otherwise we wouldn't be able to | |
4563 determine Y. */ | |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4564 struct glyph_row *row, *last_row; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4565 struct glyph *glyph; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4566 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4567 |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4568 last_row = NULL; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4569 row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4570 while (row->enabled_p |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4571 && (last_row == NULL |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4572 || MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) <= yb)) |
25012 | 4573 { |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4574 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4575 && row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].charpos >= 0) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4576 last_row = row; |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4577 ++row; |
25012 | 4578 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4579 |
25012 | 4580 if (last_row) |
4581 { | |
39254
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4582 struct glyph *start = last_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
73dd40615520
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Fix code
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39226
diff
changeset
|
4583 struct glyph *last = start + last_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4584 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
4585 while (last > start && last->charpos < 0) |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4586 --last; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4587 |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4588 for (glyph = start; glyph < last; ++glyph) |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4589 { |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4590 cx += glyph->pixel_width; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4591 ++hpos; |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4592 } |
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4593 |
25012 | 4594 cy = last_row->y; |
25190
a14edd4a5f4a
(set_window_cursor_after_update): Correct cursor
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25186
diff
changeset
|
4595 vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_row, w->current_matrix); |
25012 | 4596 } |
4597 } | |
4598 } | |
4599 else | |
4600 { | |
4601 cx = w->cursor.x; | |
4602 cy = w->cursor.y; | |
4603 hpos = w->cursor.hpos; | |
4604 vpos = w->cursor.vpos; | |
4605 } | |
4606 | |
4607 /* Window cursor can be out of sync for horizontally split windows. */ | |
4608 hpos = max (0, hpos); | |
4609 hpos = min (w->current_matrix->matrix_w - 1, hpos); | |
4610 vpos = max (0, vpos); | |
4611 vpos = min (w->current_matrix->nrows - 1, vpos); | |
4612 rif->cursor_to (vpos, hpos, cy, cx); | |
4613 } | |
4614 | |
4615 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4616 /* Set WINDOW->must_be_updated_p to ON_P for all windows in the window |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4617 tree rooted at W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4618 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4619 void |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4620 set_window_update_flags (w, on_p) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4621 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4622 int on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4623 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4624 while (w) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4625 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4626 if (!NILP (w->hchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4627 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4628 else if (!NILP (w->vchild)) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4629 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4630 else |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4631 w->must_be_updated_p = on_p; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4632 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4633 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4634 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4635 } |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4636 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4637 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4638 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4639 /*********************************************************************** |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4640 Window-Based Scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4641 ***********************************************************************/ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4642 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4643 /* Structure describing rows in scrolling_window. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4644 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4645 struct row_entry |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4646 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4647 /* Number of occurrences of this row in desired and current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4648 int old_uses, new_uses; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4649 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4650 /* Vpos of row in new matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4651 int new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4652 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4653 /* Bucket index of this row_entry in the hash table row_table. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4654 int bucket; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4655 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4656 /* The row described by this entry. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4657 struct glyph_row *row; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4658 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4659 /* Hash collision chain. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4660 struct row_entry *next; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4661 }; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4662 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4663 /* A pool to allocate row_entry structures from, and the size of the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4664 pool. The pool is reallocated in scrolling_window when we find |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4665 that we need a larger one. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4666 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4667 static struct row_entry *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4668 static int row_entry_pool_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4669 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4670 /* Index of next free entry in row_entry_pool. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4671 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4672 static int row_entry_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4673 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4674 /* The hash table used during scrolling, and the table's size. This |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4675 table is used to quickly identify equal rows in the desired and |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4676 current matrix. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4677 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4678 static struct row_entry **row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4679 static int row_table_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4680 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4681 /* Vectors of pointers to row_entry structures belonging to the |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4682 current and desired matrix, and the size of the vectors. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4683 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4684 static struct row_entry **old_lines, **new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4685 static int old_lines_size, new_lines_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4686 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4687 /* A pool to allocate run structures from, and its size. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4688 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4689 static struct run *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4690 static int runs_size; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4691 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4692 /* A vector of runs of lines found during scrolling. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4693 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4694 static struct run **runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4695 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4696 /* Add glyph row ROW to the scrolling hash table during the scrolling |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4697 of window W. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4698 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4699 static INLINE struct row_entry * |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4700 add_row_entry (w, row) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4701 struct window *w; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4702 struct glyph_row *row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4703 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4704 struct row_entry *entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4705 int i = row->hash % row_table_size; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4706 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4707 entry = row_table[i]; |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4708 while (entry && !row_equal_p (w, entry->row, row, 1)) |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4709 entry = entry->next; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4710 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4711 if (entry == NULL) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4712 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4713 entry = row_entry_pool + row_entry_idx++; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4714 entry->row = row; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4715 entry->old_uses = entry->new_uses = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4716 entry->new_line_number = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4717 entry->bucket = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4718 entry->next = row_table[i]; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4719 row_table[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4720 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4721 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4722 return entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4723 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4724 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4725 |
25012 | 4726 /* Try to reuse part of the current display of W by scrolling lines. |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
4727 HEADER_LINE_P non-zero means W has a header line. |
25012 | 4728 |
4729 The algorithm is taken from Communications of the ACM, Apr78 "A | |
4730 Technique for Isolating Differences Between Files." It should take | |
4731 O(N) time. | |
4732 | |
4733 A short outline of the steps of the algorithm | |
4734 | |
4735 1. Skip lines equal at the start and end of both matrices. | |
4736 | |
4737 2. Enter rows in the current and desired matrix into a symbol | |
4738 table, counting how often they appear in both matrices. | |
4739 | |
4740 3. Rows that appear exactly once in both matrices serve as anchors, | |
4741 i.e. we assume that such lines are likely to have been moved. | |
4742 | |
4743 4. Starting from anchor lines, extend regions to be scrolled both | |
4744 forward and backward. | |
4745 | |
4746 Value is | |
4747 | |
4748 -1 if all rows were found to be equal. | |
4749 0 to indicate that we did not scroll the display, or | |
4750 1 if we did scroll. */ | |
4751 | |
4752 static int | |
25546 | 4753 scrolling_window (w, header_line_p) |
25012 | 4754 struct window *w; |
25546 | 4755 int header_line_p; |
25012 | 4756 { |
4757 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix; | |
4758 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix; | |
4759 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4760 int i, j, first_old, first_new, last_old, last_new; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4761 int nruns, nbytes, n, run_idx; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4762 struct row_entry *entry; |
25012 | 4763 |
4764 /* Skip over rows equal at the start. */ | |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4765 for (i = header_line_p ? 1 : 0; i < current_matrix->nrows - 1; ++i) |
25012 | 4766 { |
31825
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4767 struct glyph_row *d = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4768 struct glyph_row *c = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4769 |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4770 if (c->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4771 && d->enabled_p |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4772 && c->y == d->y |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4773 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (c) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4774 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (d) <= yb |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4775 && row_equal_p (w, c, d, 1)) |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4776 { |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4777 assign_row (c, d); |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4778 d->enabled_p = 0; |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4779 } |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4780 else |
62830644b967
(scrolling_window): Compare y-positions of rows
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
31726
diff
changeset
|
4781 break; |
25012 | 4782 } |
4783 | |
4784 /* Give up if some rows in the desired matrix are not enabled. */ | |
4785 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4786 return -1; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4787 |
25012 | 4788 first_old = first_new = i; |
4789 | |
4790 /* Set last_new to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4791 desired matrix. */ | |
4792 i = first_new + 1; | |
4793 while (i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 | |
4794 && MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4795 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)) <= yb) |
25012 | 4796 ++i; |
4797 | |
4798 if (!MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4799 return 0; | |
4800 | |
4801 last_new = i; | |
4802 | |
4803 /* Set last_old to the index + 1 of the last enabled row in the | |
4804 current matrix. We don't look at the enabled flag here because | |
4805 we plan to reuse part of the display even if other parts are | |
4806 disabled. */ | |
4807 i = first_old + 1; | |
34929
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4808 while (i < current_matrix->nrows - 1) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4809 { |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4810 int bottom = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4811 if (bottom <= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4812 ++i; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4813 if (bottom >= yb) |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4814 break; |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4815 } |
b116257b3b28
(check_current_matrix_flags) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34895
diff
changeset
|
4816 |
25012 | 4817 last_old = i; |
4818 | |
4819 /* Skip over rows equal at the bottom. */ | |
4820 i = last_new; | |
4821 j = last_old; | |
4822 while (i - 1 > first_new | |
4823 && j - 1 > first_old | |
4824 && MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->enabled_p | |
4825 && (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i - 1)->y | |
4826 == MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, j - 1)->y) | |
4827 && row_equal_p (w, | |
4828 MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i - 1), | |
30152
f6270e5282da
(direct_output_forward_char): Give up if currently
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30041
diff
changeset
|
4829 MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j - 1), 1)) |
25012 | 4830 --i, --j; |
4831 last_new = i; | |
4832 last_old = j; | |
4833 | |
4834 /* Nothing to do if all rows are equal. */ | |
4835 if (last_new == first_new) | |
4836 return 0; | |
4837 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4838 /* Reallocate vectors, tables etc. if necessary. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4839 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4840 if (current_matrix->nrows > old_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4841 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4842 old_lines_size = current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4843 nbytes = old_lines_size * sizeof *old_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4844 old_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (old_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4845 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4846 |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4847 if (desired_matrix->nrows > new_lines_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4848 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4849 new_lines_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4850 nbytes = new_lines_size * sizeof *new_lines; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4851 new_lines = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (new_lines, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4852 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4853 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4854 n = desired_matrix->nrows + current_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4855 if (3 * n > row_table_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4856 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4857 row_table_size = next_almost_prime (3 * n); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4858 nbytes = row_table_size * sizeof *row_table; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4859 row_table = (struct row_entry **) xrealloc (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4860 bzero (row_table, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4861 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4862 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4863 if (n > row_entry_pool_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4864 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4865 row_entry_pool_size = n; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4866 nbytes = row_entry_pool_size * sizeof *row_entry_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4867 row_entry_pool = (struct row_entry *) xrealloc (row_entry_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4868 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4869 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4870 if (desired_matrix->nrows > runs_size) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4871 { |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4872 runs_size = desired_matrix->nrows; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4873 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *runs; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4874 runs = (struct run **) xrealloc (runs, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4875 nbytes = runs_size * sizeof *run_pool; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4876 run_pool = (struct run *) xrealloc (run_pool, nbytes); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4877 } |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4878 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4879 nruns = run_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4880 row_entry_idx = 0; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4881 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4882 /* Add rows from the current and desired matrix to the hash table |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4883 row_hash_table to be able to find equal ones quickly. */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4884 |
25012 | 4885 for (i = first_old; i < last_old; ++i) |
4886 { | |
4887 if (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->enabled_p) | |
4888 { | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4889 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4890 old_lines[i] = entry; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4891 ++entry->old_uses; |
25012 | 4892 } |
4893 else | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4894 old_lines[i] = NULL; |
25012 | 4895 } |
4896 | |
4897 for (i = first_new; i < last_new; ++i) | |
4898 { | |
4899 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)); | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4900 entry = add_row_entry (w, MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4901 ++entry->new_uses; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4902 entry->new_line_number = i; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4903 new_lines[i] = entry; |
25012 | 4904 } |
4905 | |
4906 /* Identify moves based on lines that are unique and equal | |
4907 in both matrices. */ | |
4908 for (i = first_old; i < last_old;) | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4909 if (old_lines[i] |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4910 && old_lines[i]->old_uses == 1 |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4911 && old_lines[i]->new_uses == 1) |
25012 | 4912 { |
4913 int j, k; | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4914 int new_line = old_lines[i]->new_line_number; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4915 struct run *run = run_pool + run_idx++; |
25012 | 4916 |
4917 /* Record move. */ | |
4918 run->current_vpos = i; | |
4919 run->current_y = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->y; | |
4920 run->desired_vpos = new_line; | |
4921 run->desired_y = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, new_line)->y; | |
4922 run->nrows = 1; | |
4923 run->height = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)->height; | |
4924 | |
4925 /* Extend backward. */ | |
4926 j = i - 1; | |
4927 k = new_line - 1; | |
4928 while (j > first_old | |
4929 && k > first_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4930 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4931 { |
4932 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4933 --run->current_vpos; |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4934 --run->desired_vpos; |
25012 | 4935 ++run->nrows; |
4936 run->height += h; | |
4937 run->desired_y -= h; | |
4938 run->current_y -= h; | |
4939 --j, --k; | |
4940 } | |
4941 | |
4942 /* Extend forward. */ | |
4943 j = i + 1; | |
4944 k = new_line + 1; | |
4945 while (j < last_old | |
4946 && k < last_new | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
4947 && old_lines[j] == new_lines[k]) |
25012 | 4948 { |
4949 int h = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, j)->height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
4950 ++run->nrows; |
25012 | 4951 run->height += h; |
4952 ++j, ++k; | |
4953 } | |
4954 | |
4955 /* Insert run into list of all runs. Order runs by copied | |
4956 pixel lines. Note that we record runs that don't have to | |
4957 be copied because they are already in place. This is done | |
4958 because we can avoid calling update_window_line in this | |
4959 case. */ | |
4960 for (j = 0; j < nruns && runs[j]->height > run->height; ++j) | |
4961 ; | |
34203
e55480843a8e
(scrolling_window): Fix code inserting runs in list of all runs.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
33763
diff
changeset
|
4962 for (k = nruns; k > j; --k) |
25012 | 4963 runs[k] = runs[k - 1]; |
4964 runs[j] = run; | |
4965 ++nruns; | |
4966 | |
4967 i += run->nrows; | |
4968 } | |
4969 else | |
4970 ++i; | |
4971 | |
4972 /* Do the moves. Do it in a way that we don't overwrite something | |
4973 we want to copy later on. This is not solvable in general | |
4974 because there is only one display and we don't have a way to | |
4975 exchange areas on this display. Example: | |
4976 | |
4977 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4978 | A | | B | | |
4979 +-----------+ --> +-----------+ | |
4980 | B | | A | | |
4981 +-----------+ +-----------+ | |
4982 | |
4983 Instead, prefer bigger moves, and invalidate moves that would | |
4984 copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4985 | |
4986 for (i = 0; i < nruns; ++i) | |
4987 if (runs[i]->nrows > 0) | |
4988 { | |
4989 struct run *r = runs[i]; | |
4990 | |
4991 /* Copy on the display. */ | |
4992 if (r->current_y != r->desired_y) | |
4993 { | |
4994 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, r); | |
4995 | |
4996 /* Invalidate runs that copy from where we copied to. */ | |
4997 for (j = i + 1; j < nruns; ++j) | |
4998 { | |
4999 struct run *p = runs[j]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5000 |
25012 | 5001 if ((p->current_y >= r->desired_y |
5002 && p->current_y < r->desired_y + r->height) | |
5003 || (p->current_y + p->height >= r->desired_y | |
5004 && (p->current_y + p->height | |
5005 < r->desired_y + r->height))) | |
5006 p->nrows = 0; | |
5007 } | |
5008 } | |
5009 | |
5010 /* Assign matrix rows. */ | |
5011 for (j = 0; j < r->nrows; ++j) | |
5012 { | |
5013 struct glyph_row *from, *to; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5014 int to_overlapped_p; |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5015 |
25012 | 5016 to = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
30161
8be2bf27e9ad
(make_current): Preserve the mouse_face_p flag of the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30152
diff
changeset
|
5017 from = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, r->desired_vpos + j); |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5018 to_overlapped_p = to->overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5019 assign_row (to, from); |
5020 to->enabled_p = 1, from->enabled_p = 0; | |
25186
d6c941334567
(redraw_overlapping_rows): Use flag overlapping_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25118
diff
changeset
|
5021 to->overlapped_p = to_overlapped_p; |
25012 | 5022 } |
5023 } | |
5024 | |
29980
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5025 /* Clear the hash table, for the next time. */ |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5026 for (i = 0; i < row_entry_idx; ++i) |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5027 row_table[row_entry_pool[i].bucket] = NULL; |
171ba59e1cb0
(struct row_entry): New structure.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29687
diff
changeset
|
5028 |
25012 | 5029 /* Value is non-zero to indicate that we scrolled the display. */ |
5030 return 1; | |
5031 } | |
5032 | |
5033 | |
5034 | |
5035 /************************************************************************ | |
5036 Frame-Based Updates | |
5037 ************************************************************************/ | |
5038 | |
5039 /* Update the desired frame matrix of frame F. | |
5040 | |
5041 FORCE_P non-zero means that the update should not be stopped by | |
5042 pending input. INHIBIT_HAIRY_ID_P non-zero means that scrolling | |
5043 should not be tried. | |
5044 | |
5045 Value is non-zero if update was stopped due to pending input. */ | |
5046 | |
5047 static int | |
5048 update_frame_1 (f, force_p, inhibit_id_p) | |
5049 struct frame *f; | |
5050 int force_p; | |
5051 int inhibit_id_p; | |
5052 { | |
5053 /* Frame matrices to work on. */ | |
5054 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; | |
5055 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; | |
5056 int i; | |
314 | 5057 int pause; |
5058 int preempt_count = baud_rate / 2400 + 1; | |
21514 | 5059 extern int input_pending; |
25012 | 5060 |
5061 xassert (current_matrix && desired_matrix); | |
314 | 5062 |
10122
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5063 if (baud_rate != FRAME_COST_BAUD_RATE (f)) |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5064 calculate_costs (f); |
3de6776ae141
(update_frame): Call calculate_costs if baud_rate changed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
9963
diff
changeset
|
5065 |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5066 if (preempt_count <= 0) |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5067 preempt_count = 1; |
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5068 |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5069 if (redisplay_dont_pause) |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5070 force_p = 1; |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
5071 else if (!force_p && detect_input_pending ()) |
314 | 5072 { |
5073 pause = 1; | |
5074 goto do_pause; | |
5075 } | |
5076 | |
25012 | 5077 /* If we cannot insert/delete lines, it's no use trying it. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5078 if (!FRAME_LINE_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
25012 | 5079 inhibit_id_p = 1; |
7188
7da4ad9a2a8f
(update_frame): Move those assignments even farther down.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7179
diff
changeset
|
5080 |
493 | 5081 /* See if any of the desired lines are enabled; don't compute for |
25012 | 5082 i/d line if just want cursor motion. */ |
5083 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows; i++) | |
5084 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
314 | 5085 break; |
5086 | |
5087 /* Try doing i/d line, if not yet inhibited. */ | |
25012 | 5088 if (!inhibit_id_p && i < desired_matrix->nrows) |
5089 force_p |= scrolling (f); | |
314 | 5090 |
5091 /* Update the individual lines as needed. Do bottom line first. */ | |
25012 | 5092 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, desired_matrix->nrows - 1)) |
5093 update_frame_line (f, desired_matrix->nrows - 1); | |
5094 | |
5095 /* Now update the rest of the lines. */ | |
5096 for (i = 0; i < desired_matrix->nrows - 1 && (force_p || !input_pending); i++) | |
314 | 5097 { |
25012 | 5098 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5099 { |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5100 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f)) |
314 | 5101 { |
5102 /* Flush out every so many lines. | |
5103 Also flush out if likely to have more than 1k buffered | |
5104 otherwise. I'm told that some telnet connections get | |
5105 really screwed by more than 1k output at once. */ | |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5106 int outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
314 | 5107 if (outq > 900 |
5108 || (outq > 20 && ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0))) | |
5109 { | |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5110 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
314 | 5111 if (preempt_count == 1) |
5112 { | |
554 | 5113 #ifdef EMACS_OUTQSIZE |
5114 if (EMACS_OUTQSIZE (0, &outq) < 0) | |
314 | 5115 /* Probably not a tty. Ignore the error and reset |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
5116 the outq count. */ |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5117 outq = PENDING_OUTPUT_COUNT (TTY_OUTPUT (FRAME_TTY (f))); |
314 | 5118 #endif |
5119 outq *= 10; | |
7530
57c2345a9002
(update_frame): Fix test of outq and baud_rate some more.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
7529
diff
changeset
|
5120 if (baud_rate <= outq && baud_rate > 0) |
3357
d9523a958b3c
(update_frame): Make preempt_count positive.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3317
diff
changeset
|
5121 sleep (outq / baud_rate); |
314 | 5122 } |
5123 } | |
5124 } | |
5125 | |
16822
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5126 if ((i - 1) % preempt_count == 0) |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5127 detect_input_pending (); |
483e137d5384
(update_frame): Call detect_input_pending
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16589
diff
changeset
|
5128 |
25012 | 5129 update_frame_line (f, i); |
314 | 5130 } |
5131 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5132 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5133 pause = (i < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) ? i : 0; |
314 | 5134 |
5135 /* Now just clean up termcap drivers and set cursor, etc. */ | |
5136 if (!pause) | |
5137 { | |
12409
6e374b28ecc3
(update_frame): Pretend cursor is in echo area
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12193
diff
changeset
|
5138 if ((cursor_in_echo_area |
25012 | 5139 /* If we are showing a message instead of the mini-buffer, |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5140 show the cursor for the message instead of for the |
25012 | 5141 (now hidden) mini-buffer contents. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5142 || (EQ (minibuf_window, selected_window) |
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5143 && EQ (minibuf_window, echo_area_window) |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5144 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))) |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5145 /* These cases apply only to the frame that contains |
25012 | 5146 the active mini-buffer window. */ |
12627
c7bc7a24b1ff
(update_frame): Check that the echo area is in the frame being displayed.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
12532
diff
changeset
|
5147 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) |
14459
c1d25453a95f
(update_frame): Compare FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW(f)
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14286
diff
changeset
|
5148 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), echo_area_window)) |
708 | 5149 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5150 int top = WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_LINE (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))); |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5151 int row, col; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5152 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5153 if (cursor_in_echo_area < 0) |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5154 { |
25012 | 5155 /* Negative value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5156 cursor at beginning of line. */ | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5157 row = top; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5158 col = 0; |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5159 } |
708 | 5160 else |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5161 { |
25012 | 5162 /* Positive value of cursor_in_echo_area means put |
5163 cursor at the end of the prompt. If the mini-buffer | |
5164 is several lines high, find the last line that has | |
5165 any text on it. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5166 row = FRAME_LINES (f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5167 do |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5168 { |
25012 | 5169 --row; |
5170 col = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5171 |
25012 | 5172 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, row)) |
5173 { | |
5174 /* Frame rows are filled up with spaces that | |
5175 must be ignored here. */ | |
5176 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, | |
5177 row); | |
5178 struct glyph *start = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5179 struct glyph *last = start + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5180 | |
5181 while (last > start | |
5182 && (last - 1)->charpos < 0) | |
5183 --last; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5184 |
25012 | 5185 col = last - start; |
5186 } | |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5187 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5188 while (row > top && col == 0); |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5189 |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5190 /* Make sure COL is not out of range. */ |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5191 if (col >= FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f)) |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5192 { |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5193 /* If we have another row, advance cursor into it. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5194 if (row < FRAME_LINES (f) - 1) |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5195 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5196 col = FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f); |
21757
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5197 row++; |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5198 } |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5199 /* Otherwise move it back in range. */ |
629f6df4a329
(update_frame): Move echo area cursor into range.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21514
diff
changeset
|
5200 else |
21763
b685f9451792
(change_frame_size_1): Use FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
21757
diff
changeset
|
5201 col = FRAME_CURSOR_X_LIMIT (f) - 1; |
1042
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5202 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5203 } |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5204 |
41b77a76b885
* dispnew.c: Incude "systty.h", not "systerm.h".
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1003
diff
changeset
|
5205 cursor_to (row, col); |
708 | 5206 } |
314 | 5207 else |
25012 | 5208 { |
5209 /* We have only one cursor on terminal frames. Use it to | |
5210 display the cursor of the selected window. */ | |
5211 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
29687
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5212 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0 |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5213 /* The cursor vpos may be temporarily out of bounds |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5214 in the following situation: There is one window, |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5215 with the cursor in the lower half of it. The window |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5216 is split, and a message causes a redisplay before |
5d67ef29764b
(update_frame_1): Handle case that cursor vpos is
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
29437
diff
changeset
|
5217 a new cursor position has been computed. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5218 && w->cursor.vpos < WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (w)) |
25012 | 5219 { |
5220 int x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_HPOS (w, w->cursor.hpos); | |
5221 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_VPOS (w, w->cursor.vpos); | |
5222 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5223 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_cols)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5224 x += XFASTINT (w->left_margin_cols); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5225 |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5226 /* x = max (min (x, FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) - 1), 0); */ |
25012 | 5227 cursor_to (y, x); |
5228 } | |
5229 } | |
314 | 5230 } |
5231 | |
5232 do_pause: | |
5233 | |
25012 | 5234 clear_desired_matrices (f); |
314 | 5235 return pause; |
5236 } | |
5237 | |
25012 | 5238 |
5239 /* Do line insertions/deletions on frame F for frame-based redisplay. */ | |
314 | 5240 |
21514 | 5241 int |
764 | 5242 scrolling (frame) |
25012 | 5243 struct frame *frame; |
314 | 5244 { |
5245 int unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom; | |
5246 int window_size; | |
5247 int changed_lines; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5248 int *old_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5249 int *new_hash = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5250 int *draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5251 int *old_draw_cost = (int *) alloca (FRAME_LINES (frame) * sizeof (int)); |
314 | 5252 register int i; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5253 int free_at_end_vpos = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
25012 | 5254 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = frame->current_matrix; |
5255 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = frame->desired_matrix; | |
5256 | |
5257 if (!current_matrix) | |
5258 abort (); | |
5259 | |
5260 /* Compute hash codes of all the lines. Also calculate number of | |
5261 changed lines, number of unchanged lines at the beginning, and | |
5262 number of unchanged lines at the end. */ | |
314 | 5263 changed_lines = 0; |
5264 unchanged_at_top = 0; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5265 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5266 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_LINES (frame); i++) |
314 | 5267 { |
5268 /* Give up on this scrolling if some old lines are not enabled. */ | |
25012 | 5269 if (!MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (current_matrix, i)) |
314 | 5270 return 0; |
25012 | 5271 old_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, i)); |
5272 if (! MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (desired_matrix, i)) | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5273 { |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5274 /* This line cannot be redrawn, so don't let scrolling mess it. */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5275 new_hash[i] = old_hash[i]; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5276 #define INFINITY 1000000 /* Taken from scroll.c */ |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5277 draw_cost[i] = INFINITY; |
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5278 } |
314 | 5279 else |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5280 { |
25012 | 5281 new_hash[i] = line_hash_code (MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, i)); |
5282 draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (desired_matrix, i); | |
18015
934a44a3b34f
(scrolling): If a line is not enabled,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17961
diff
changeset
|
5283 } |
314 | 5284 |
5285 if (old_hash[i] != new_hash[i]) | |
5286 { | |
5287 changed_lines++; | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5288 unchanged_at_bottom = FRAME_LINES (frame) - i - 1; |
314 | 5289 } |
5290 else if (i == unchanged_at_top) | |
5291 unchanged_at_top++; | |
25012 | 5292 old_draw_cost[i] = line_draw_cost (current_matrix, i); |
314 | 5293 } |
5294 | |
5295 /* If changed lines are few, don't allow preemption, don't scroll. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5296 if ((!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5297 && changed_lines < baud_rate / 2400) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5298 || unchanged_at_bottom == FRAME_LINES (frame)) |
314 | 5299 return 1; |
5300 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5301 window_size = (FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_top |
314 | 5302 - unchanged_at_bottom); |
5303 | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5304 if (FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame)) |
314 | 5305 free_at_end_vpos -= unchanged_at_bottom; |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5306 else if (FRAME_MEMORY_BELOW_FRAME (frame)) |
314 | 5307 free_at_end_vpos = -1; |
5308 | |
5309 /* If large window, fast terminal and few lines in common between | |
25012 | 5310 current frame and desired frame, don't bother with i/d calc. */ |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5311 if (!FRAME_SCROLL_REGION_OK (frame) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5312 && window_size >= 18 && baud_rate > 2400 |
314 | 5313 && (window_size >= |
5314 10 * scrolling_max_lines_saved (unchanged_at_top, | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5315 FRAME_LINES (frame) - unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5316 old_hash, new_hash, draw_cost))) |
5317 return 0; | |
5318 | |
25012 | 5319 if (window_size < 2) |
5320 return 0; | |
5321 | |
764 | 5322 scrolling_1 (frame, window_size, unchanged_at_top, unchanged_at_bottom, |
314 | 5323 draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
10259
48e4dfc6bb43
(scrolling): Fewer restrictions if scroll_region_ok is
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10122
diff
changeset
|
5324 old_draw_cost + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
314 | 5325 old_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, |
5326 new_hash + unchanged_at_top - 1, | |
5327 free_at_end_vpos - unchanged_at_top); | |
5328 | |
5329 return 0; | |
5330 } | |
25012 | 5331 |
5332 | |
5333 /* Count the number of blanks at the start of the vector of glyphs R | |
5334 which is LEN glyphs long. */ | |
5335 | |
5336 static int | |
5337 count_blanks (r, len) | |
5338 struct glyph *r; | |
5339 int len; | |
314 | 5340 { |
25012 | 5341 int i; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5342 |
25012 | 5343 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
5344 if (!CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (r[i])) | |
5345 break; | |
5346 | |
5347 return i; | |
314 | 5348 } |
25012 | 5349 |
5350 | |
5351 /* Count the number of glyphs in common at the start of the glyph | |
5352 vectors STR1 and STR2. END1 is the end of STR1 and END2 is the end | |
5353 of STR2. Value is the number of equal glyphs equal at the start. */ | |
314 | 5354 |
5355 static int | |
25012 | 5356 count_match (str1, end1, str2, end2) |
5357 struct glyph *str1, *end1, *str2, *end2; | |
314 | 5358 { |
25012 | 5359 struct glyph *p1 = str1; |
5360 struct glyph *p2 = str2; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5361 |
25012 | 5362 while (p1 < end1 |
5363 && p2 < end2 | |
26998
02e902f732d1
(line_hash_code) (direct_output_for_insert): Adjusted
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents:
26902
diff
changeset
|
5364 && GLYPH_CHAR_AND_FACE_EQUAL_P (p1, p2)) |
25012 | 5365 ++p1, ++p2; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5366 |
25012 | 5367 return p1 - str1; |
314 | 5368 } |
5369 | |
25012 | 5370 |
314 | 5371 /* Char insertion/deletion cost vector, from term.c */ |
25012 | 5372 |
314 | 5373 extern int *char_ins_del_vector; |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5374 #define char_ins_del_cost(f) (&char_ins_del_vector[FRAME_TOTAL_COLS((f))]) |
314 | 5375 |
25012 | 5376 |
5377 /* Perform a frame-based update on line VPOS in frame FRAME. */ | |
5378 | |
314 | 5379 static void |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5380 update_frame_line (f, vpos) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5381 struct frame *f; |
314 | 5382 int vpos; |
5383 { | |
25012 | 5384 struct glyph *obody, *nbody, *op1, *op2, *np1, *nend; |
314 | 5385 int tem; |
5386 int osp, nsp, begmatch, endmatch, olen, nlen; | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5387 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = f->current_matrix; |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5388 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = f->desired_matrix; |
25012 | 5389 struct glyph_row *current_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, vpos); |
5390 struct glyph_row *desired_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, vpos); | |
5391 int must_write_whole_line_p; | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5392 int write_spaces_p = FRAME_MUST_WRITE_SPACES (f); |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5393 int colored_spaces_p = (FACE_FROM_ID (f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID)->background |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5394 != FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR); |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5395 |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5396 if (colored_spaces_p) |
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5397 write_spaces_p = 1; |
25012 | 5398 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5399 /* Current row not enabled means it has unknown contents. We must |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5400 write the whole desired line in that case. */ |
25012 | 5401 must_write_whole_line_p = !current_row->enabled_p; |
5402 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
314 | 5403 { |
25012 | 5404 obody = 0; |
314 | 5405 olen = 0; |
5406 } | |
5407 else | |
5408 { | |
25012 | 5409 obody = MATRIX_ROW_GLYPH_START (current_matrix, vpos); |
5410 olen = current_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5411 |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5412 /* Ignore trailing spaces, if we can. */ |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5413 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5414 while (olen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (obody[olen-1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5415 olen--; |
314 | 5416 } |
5417 | |
25012 | 5418 current_row->enabled_p = 1; |
5419 current_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5420 | |
5421 /* If desired line is empty, just clear the line. */ | |
5422 if (!desired_row->enabled_p) | |
314 | 5423 { |
5424 nlen = 0; | |
5425 goto just_erase; | |
5426 } | |
5427 | |
25012 | 5428 nbody = desired_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
5429 nlen = desired_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5430 nend = nbody + nlen; | |
5431 | |
5432 /* If display line has unknown contents, write the whole line. */ | |
5433 if (must_write_whole_line_p) | |
5434 { | |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5435 /* Ignore spaces at the end, if we can. */ |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5436 if (!write_spaces_p) |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5437 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5438 --nlen; |
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5439 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5440 /* Write the contents of the desired line. */ |
25313
6b4475fbef86
(update_frame_line): If writing whole line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25304
diff
changeset
|
5441 if (nlen) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5442 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5443 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5444 write_glyphs (nbody, nlen); |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5445 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5446 |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5447 /* Don't call clear_end_of_line if we already wrote the whole |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5448 line. The cursor will not be at the right margin in that |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5449 case but in the line below. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5450 if (nlen < FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5451 { |
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5452 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5453 clear_end_of_line (FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)); |
25725
b7468dc89ccb
(update_frame_line): If writing whole desired line,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25666
diff
changeset
|
5454 } |
28682
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5455 else |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5456 /* Make sure we are in the right row, otherwise cursor movement |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5457 with cmgoto might use `ch' in the wrong row. */ |
f05d48759416
(update_frame_line): When writing a whole line, make
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
28507
diff
changeset
|
5458 cursor_to (vpos, 0); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5459 |
25012 | 5460 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
5461 return; | |
5462 } | |
314 | 5463 |
5464 /* Pretend trailing spaces are not there at all, | |
5465 unless for one reason or another we must write all spaces. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5466 if (!write_spaces_p) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5467 while (nlen > 0 && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (nbody[nlen - 1])) |
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5468 nlen--; |
314 | 5469 |
5470 /* If there's no i/d char, quickly do the best we can without it. */ | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5471 if (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f)) |
314 | 5472 { |
25012 | 5473 int i, j; |
5474 | |
5475 /* Find the first glyph in desired row that doesn't agree with | |
5476 a glyph in the current row, and write the rest from there on. */ | |
314 | 5477 for (i = 0; i < nlen; i++) |
5478 { | |
25012 | 5479 if (i >= olen || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + i, obody + i)) |
314 | 5480 { |
25012 | 5481 /* Find the end of the run of different glyphs. */ |
5482 j = i + 1; | |
5483 while (j < nlen | |
5484 && (j >= olen | |
5485 || !GLYPH_EQUAL_P (nbody + j, obody + j) | |
5486 || CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[j]))) | |
5487 ++j; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5488 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5489 /* Output this run of non-matching chars. */ |
314 | 5490 cursor_to (vpos, i); |
25012 | 5491 write_glyphs (nbody + i, j - i); |
5492 i = j - 1; | |
314 | 5493 |
5494 /* Now find the next non-match. */ | |
5495 } | |
5496 } | |
5497 | |
5498 /* Clear the rest of the line, or the non-clear part of it. */ | |
5499 if (olen > nlen) | |
5500 { | |
5501 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5502 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5503 } | |
5504 | |
25012 | 5505 /* Make current row = desired row. */ |
5506 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); | |
314 | 5507 return; |
5508 } | |
5509 | |
25012 | 5510 /* Here when CHAR_INS_DEL_OK != 0, i.e. we can insert or delete |
5511 characters in a row. */ | |
5512 | |
314 | 5513 if (!olen) |
5514 { | |
25012 | 5515 /* If current line is blank, skip over initial spaces, if |
5516 possible, and write the rest. */ | |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5517 if (write_spaces_p) |
25012 | 5518 nsp = 0; |
5519 else | |
5520 nsp = count_blanks (nbody, nlen); | |
5521 | |
314 | 5522 if (nlen > nsp) |
5523 { | |
5524 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5525 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp, nlen - nsp); | |
5526 } | |
5527 | |
764 | 5528 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5529 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5530 return; |
5531 } | |
5532 | |
5533 /* Compute number of leading blanks in old and new contents. */ | |
25012 | 5534 osp = count_blanks (obody, olen); |
40075
c1d88076fa85
(update_frame_line): Don't call reassert_line_highlight.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39988
diff
changeset
|
5535 nsp = (colored_spaces_p ? 0 : count_blanks (nbody, nlen)); |
25012 | 5536 |
5537 /* Compute number of matching chars starting with first non-blank. */ | |
5538 begmatch = count_match (obody + osp, obody + olen, | |
5539 nbody + nsp, nbody + nlen); | |
314 | 5540 |
5541 /* Spaces in new match implicit space past the end of old. */ | |
5542 /* A bug causing this to be a no-op was fixed in 18.29. */ | |
33101
39cd5f99c67d
(update_frame_line): Handle case where spaces in
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
32752
diff
changeset
|
5543 if (!write_spaces_p && osp + begmatch == olen) |
314 | 5544 { |
5545 np1 = nbody + nsp; | |
25012 | 5546 while (np1 + begmatch < nend && CHAR_GLYPH_SPACE_P (np1[begmatch])) |
5547 ++begmatch; | |
314 | 5548 } |
5549 | |
5550 /* Avoid doing insert/delete char | |
5551 just cause number of leading spaces differs | |
25012 | 5552 when the following text does not match. */ |
314 | 5553 if (begmatch == 0 && osp != nsp) |
5554 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5555 | |
5556 /* Find matching characters at end of line */ | |
5557 op1 = obody + olen; | |
5558 np1 = nbody + nlen; | |
5559 op2 = op1 + begmatch - min (olen - osp, nlen - nsp); | |
25012 | 5560 while (op1 > op2 |
5561 && GLYPH_EQUAL_P (op1 - 1, np1 - 1)) | |
314 | 5562 { |
5563 op1--; | |
5564 np1--; | |
5565 } | |
5566 endmatch = obody + olen - op1; | |
5567 | |
5568 /* tem gets the distance to insert or delete. | |
5569 endmatch is how many characters we save by doing so. | |
5570 Is it worth it? */ | |
5571 | |
5572 tem = (nlen - nsp) - (olen - osp); | |
5573 if (endmatch && tem | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5574 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
53225
4250e7e26247
Add a level of indirection to terminal characteristics.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5575 || endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[tem])) |
314 | 5576 endmatch = 0; |
5577 | |
5578 /* nsp - osp is the distance to insert or delete. | |
5579 If that is nonzero, begmatch is known to be nonzero also. | |
5580 begmatch + endmatch is how much we save by doing the ins/del. | |
5581 Is it worth it? */ | |
5582 | |
5583 if (nsp != osp | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
5584 && (!FRAME_CHAR_INS_DEL_OK (f) |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5585 || begmatch + endmatch <= char_ins_del_cost (f)[nsp - osp])) |
314 | 5586 { |
5587 begmatch = 0; | |
5588 endmatch = 0; | |
5589 osp = nsp = min (osp, nsp); | |
5590 } | |
5591 | |
5592 /* Now go through the line, inserting, writing and | |
5593 deleting as appropriate. */ | |
5594 | |
5595 if (osp > nsp) | |
5596 { | |
5597 cursor_to (vpos, nsp); | |
5598 delete_glyphs (osp - nsp); | |
5599 } | |
5600 else if (nsp > osp) | |
5601 { | |
5602 /* If going to delete chars later in line | |
5603 and insert earlier in the line, | |
5604 must delete first to avoid losing data in the insert */ | |
5605 if (endmatch && nlen < olen + nsp - osp) | |
5606 { | |
5607 cursor_to (vpos, nlen - endmatch + osp - nsp); | |
5608 delete_glyphs (olen + nsp - osp - nlen); | |
5609 olen = nlen - (nsp - osp); | |
5610 } | |
5611 cursor_to (vpos, osp); | |
25012 | 5612 insert_glyphs (0, nsp - osp); |
314 | 5613 } |
5614 olen += nsp - osp; | |
5615 | |
5616 tem = nsp + begmatch + endmatch; | |
5617 if (nlen != tem || olen != tem) | |
5618 { | |
5619 if (!endmatch || nlen == olen) | |
5620 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5621 /* If new text being written reaches right margin, there is |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5622 no need to do clear-to-eol at the end of this function |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5623 (and it would not be safe, since cursor is not going to |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5624 be "at the margin" after the text is done). */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5625 if (nlen == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 5626 olen = 0; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5627 |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5628 /* Function write_glyphs is prepared to do nothing |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5629 if passed a length <= 0. Check it here to avoid |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5630 unnecessary cursor movement. */ |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5631 if (nlen - tem > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5632 { |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5633 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5634 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5635 } |
314 | 5636 } |
5637 else if (nlen > olen) | |
5638 { | |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5639 /* Here, we used to have the following simple code: |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5640 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5641 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, olen - tem); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5642 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + olen - tem, nlen - olen); |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5643 ---------------------------------------- |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5644 but it doesn't work if nbody[nsp + begmatch + olen - tem] |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5645 is a padding glyph. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5646 int out = olen - tem; /* Columns to be overwritten originally. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5647 int del; |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5648 |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5649 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5650 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5651 /* Calculate columns we can actually overwrite. */ |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5652 while (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (nbody[nsp + begmatch + out])) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5653 out--; |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5654 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, out); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5655 |
25012 | 5656 /* If we left columns to be overwritten, we must delete them. */ |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5657 del = olen - tem - out; |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5658 if (del > 0) |
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5659 delete_glyphs (del); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5660 |
17015
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5661 /* At last, we insert columns not yet written out. */ |
fe0b3661b584
(direct_output_forward_char): #if-0-out redundant
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
16896
diff
changeset
|
5662 insert_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch + out, nlen - olen + del); |
314 | 5663 olen = nlen; |
5664 } | |
5665 else if (olen > nlen) | |
5666 { | |
35924
32198b7c21e1
(update_frame_line): Rename parameter FRAME to F.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35609
diff
changeset
|
5667 cursor_to (vpos, nsp + begmatch); |
314 | 5668 write_glyphs (nbody + nsp + begmatch, nlen - tem); |
5669 delete_glyphs (olen - nlen); | |
5670 olen = nlen; | |
5671 } | |
5672 } | |
5673 | |
5674 just_erase: | |
5675 /* If any unerased characters remain after the new line, erase them. */ | |
5676 if (olen > nlen) | |
5677 { | |
5678 cursor_to (vpos, nlen); | |
5679 clear_end_of_line (olen); | |
5680 } | |
5681 | |
764 | 5682 /* Exchange contents between current_frame and new_frame. */ |
25012 | 5683 make_current (desired_matrix, current_matrix, vpos); |
314 | 5684 } |
25012 | 5685 |
5686 | |
314 | 5687 |
25012 | 5688 /*********************************************************************** |
5689 X/Y Position -> Buffer Position | |
5690 ***********************************************************************/ | |
5691 | |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5692 /* Determine what's under window-relative pixel position (*X, *Y). |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5693 Return in *OBJECT the object (string or buffer) that's there. |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5694 Return in *POS the position in that object. Adjust *X and *Y |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5695 to character positions. */ |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5696 |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5697 void |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5698 buffer_posn_from_coords (w, x, y, dx, dy, object, pos) |
25012 | 5699 struct window *w; |
5700 int *x, *y; | |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5701 int *dx, *dy; |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5702 Lisp_Object *object; |
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5703 struct display_pos *pos; |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5704 { |
25012 | 5705 struct it it; |
5706 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = current_buffer; | |
5707 struct text_pos startp; | |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5708 int x0, x1; |
25012 | 5709 |
5710 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer); | |
5711 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start); | |
5712 CHARPOS (startp) = min (ZV, max (BEGV, CHARPOS (startp))); | |
5713 BYTEPOS (startp) = min (ZV_BYTE, max (BEGV_BYTE, BYTEPOS (startp))); | |
5714 start_display (&it, w, startp); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5715 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5716 x0 = *x - WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5717 move_it_to (&it, -1, x0 + it.first_visible_x, *y, -1, |
25012 | 5718 MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5719 |
25012 | 5720 current_buffer = old_current_buffer; |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5721 |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5722 *dx = x0 + it.first_visible_x - it.current_x; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5723 *dy = *y - it.current_y; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5724 |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5725 *object = w->buffer; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5726 |
53190
053a4dfb6bd4
* dispnew.c (buffer_posn_from_coords): Add ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53176
diff
changeset
|
5727 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5728 if (it.what == IT_IMAGE) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5729 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5730 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5731 if ((img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it.f, it.image_id)) != NULL |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5732 && !NILP (img->spec)) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5733 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5734 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5735 struct glyph *glyph; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5736 |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5737 if (it.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA] |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5738 && (glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + it.hpos, |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5739 glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5740 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5741 *dy -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5742 *object = img->spec; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5743 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5744 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5745 } |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5746 else |
53190
053a4dfb6bd4
* dispnew.c (buffer_posn_from_coords): Add ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53176
diff
changeset
|
5747 #endif |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5748 if (STRINGP (it.string)) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5749 *object = it.string; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5750 |
36697
7526acd3385c
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Add parameters OBJECT and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
36590
diff
changeset
|
5751 *pos = it.current; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5752 |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5753 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5754 x1 = max(0, it.current_x + it.pixel_width - it.first_visible_x); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5755 if (x0 > x1) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5756 it.hpos += (x0 - x1) / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5757 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5758 *x = it.hpos; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5759 *y = it.vpos; |
25012 | 5760 } |
5761 | |
5762 | |
5763 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in the | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
5764 mode or header line of window W, or nil if none. MODE_LINE_P non-zero |
25012 | 5765 means look at the mode line. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
5766 the string returned. */ | |
5767 | |
5768 Lisp_Object | |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5769 mode_line_string (w, x, y, dx, dy, part, charpos) |
25012 | 5770 struct window *w; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5771 int *x, *y; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5772 int *dx, *dy; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5773 enum window_part part; |
25012 | 5774 int *charpos; |
5775 { | |
5776 struct glyph_row *row; | |
5777 struct glyph *glyph, *end; | |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5778 int x0, y0; |
25012 | 5779 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
5780 | |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5781 if (part == ON_MODE_LINE) |
25012 | 5782 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
5783 else | |
25546 | 5784 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5785 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5786 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5787 |
25012 | 5788 if (row->mode_line_p && row->enabled_p) |
11919
31cb053405f2
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Record frame names
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11914
diff
changeset
|
5789 { |
25012 | 5790 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
5791 it's the one we were looking for. */ | |
5792 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; | |
5793 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA]; | |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5794 for (x0 = *x; glyph < end && x0 > glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5795 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5796 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5797 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5798 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5799 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5800 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5801 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5802 else |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5803 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5804 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5805 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5806 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5807 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5808 *x = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5809 x0 = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5810 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5811 |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5812 if (dx) |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5813 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5814 *dx = x0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5815 *dy = y0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5816 } |
25012 | 5817 |
5818 return string; | |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
5819 } |
25012 | 5820 |
5821 | |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5822 /* Value is the string under window-relative coordinates X/Y in either |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5823 marginal area, or nil if none. *CHARPOS is set to the position in |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5824 the string returned. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5825 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5826 Lisp_Object |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5827 marginal_area_string (w, x, y, dx, dy, part, charpos) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5828 struct window *w; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5829 int *x, *y; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5830 int *dx, *dy; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5831 enum window_part part; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5832 int *charpos; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5833 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5834 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5835 struct glyph *glyph, *end; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5836 int x0, y0, i, wy = *y; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5837 int area; |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5838 Lisp_Object string = Qnil; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5839 |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5840 if (part == ON_LEFT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5841 area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; |
50218
06f75553f0a4
(mode_line_string, marginal_area_string): Use enum
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5842 else if (part == ON_RIGHT_MARGIN) |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5843 area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5844 else |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5845 abort (); |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5846 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5847 for (i = 0; row->enabled_p && i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i, ++row) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5848 if (wy >= row->y && wy < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row)) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5849 break; |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5850 y0 = *y - row->y; |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5851 *y = row - MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5852 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5853 if (row->enabled_p) |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5854 { |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5855 /* Find the glyph under X. If we find one with a string object, |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5856 it's the one we were looking for. */ |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5857 if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5858 x0 = ((WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5859 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5860 : WINDOW_TOTAL_FRINGE_WIDTH (w)) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5861 + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5862 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA)); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5863 else |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5864 x0 = (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5865 ? WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5866 : 0); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5867 |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5868 glyph = row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5869 end = glyph + row->used[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5870 for (x0 = *x - x0; glyph < end && x0 > glyph->pixel_width; ++glyph) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5871 x0 -= glyph->pixel_width; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5872 *x = glyph - row->glyphs[area]; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5873 if (glyph < end) |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5874 { |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5875 string = glyph->object; |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5876 *charpos = glyph->charpos; |
53329
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5877 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5878 if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5879 { |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5880 struct image *img; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5881 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (WINDOW_XFRAME (w), glyph->u.img_id); |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5882 if (img != NULL) |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5883 string = img->spec; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5884 y0 -= row->ascent - glyph->ascent; |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5885 } |
9c540a878edf
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Fix calculation of dy for
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53190
diff
changeset
|
5886 #endif |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5887 } |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5888 else |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5889 /* Add extra (default width) columns if clicked after EOL. */ |
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5890 *x += x0 / WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w); |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5891 } |
53127
bc14fd4782c3
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Return actual row/column
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53055
diff
changeset
|
5892 else |
53176
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5893 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5894 x0 = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5895 *x = 0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5896 } |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5897 |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5898 if (dx) |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5899 { |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5900 *dx = x0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5901 *dy = y0; |
b246aabe1c49
(buffer_posn_from_coords): Calculate and return pixel
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
53127
diff
changeset
|
5902 } |
44536
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5903 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5904 return string; |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5905 } |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5906 |
f7b9d913406b
(marginal_area_string): New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
44261
diff
changeset
|
5907 |
25012 | 5908 /*********************************************************************** |
5909 Changing Frame Sizes | |
5910 ***********************************************************************/ | |
314 | 5911 |
5912 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
25012 | 5913 |
493 | 5914 SIGTYPE |
10745
a553a08f5785
(window_change_signal): Add ignored argument.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10259
diff
changeset
|
5915 window_change_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
25012 | 5916 int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
314 | 5917 { |
5918 int width, height; | |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5919 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL |
314 | 5920 extern int errno; |
31093
6da961dff718
Include keyboard.h before frame.h.
Andrew Innes <andrewi@gnu.org>
parents:
30720
diff
changeset
|
5921 #endif |
314 | 5922 int old_errno = errno; |
5923 | |
82989
f3845715a5f6
Separate frame-local, tty-dependent parameters from tty-local parameters.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82987
diff
changeset
|
5924 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5925 |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5926 /* The frame size change obviously applies to a single |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5927 termcap-controlled terminal, but we can't decide which. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5928 Therefore, we resize the frames corresponding to each tty. |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5929 */ |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5930 for (tty = tty_list; tty; tty = tty->next) { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5931 |
53341 | 5932 if (! tty->term_initted) |
5933 continue; | |
5934 | |
82987
1682917e56b4
Major bugfixes and slight enhancements.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53341
diff
changeset
|
5935 get_tty_size (fileno (TTY_INPUT (tty)), &width, &height); |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5936 |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5937 { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5938 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5939 |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5940 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5941 { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5942 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (frame)) && FRAME_TTY (XFRAME (frame)) == tty) |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5943 { |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5944 /* Record the new sizes, but don't reallocate the data structures |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5945 now. Let that be done later outside of the signal handler. */ |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5946 change_frame_size (XFRAME (frame), height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5947 break; |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5948 } |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5949 } |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5950 } |
314 | 5951 } |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
5952 |
314 | 5953 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); |
5954 errno = old_errno; | |
5955 } | |
5956 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
5957 | |
5958 | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5959 /* Do any change in frame size that was requested by a signal. SAFE |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5960 non-zero means this function is called from a place where it is |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5961 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
314 | 5962 |
21514 | 5963 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5964 do_pending_window_change (safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5965 int safe; |
314 | 5966 { |
5967 /* If window_change_signal should have run before, run it now. */ | |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5968 if (redisplaying_p && !safe) |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5969 return; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5970 |
314 | 5971 while (delayed_size_change) |
5972 { | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5973 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
314 | 5974 |
5975 delayed_size_change = 0; | |
5976 | |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5977 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
314 | 5978 { |
25012 | 5979 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
2252
9793d8654e23
* frame.h (FOR_EACH_FRAME): Change the definition so that
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2198
diff
changeset
|
5980 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5981 if (f->new_text_lines != 0 || f->new_text_cols != 0) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5982 change_frame_size (f, f->new_text_lines, f->new_text_cols, |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
5983 0, 0, safe); |
314 | 5984 } |
5985 } | |
5986 } | |
5987 | |
5988 | |
764 | 5989 /* Change the frame height and/or width. Values may be given as zero to |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
5990 indicate no change is to take place. |
314 | 5991 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5992 If DELAY is non-zero, then assume we're being called from a signal |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5993 handler, and queue the change for later - perhaps the next |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5994 redisplay. Since this tries to resize windows, we can't call it |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5995 from a signal handler. |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5996 |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5997 SAFE non-zero means this function is called from a place where it's |
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
5998 safe to change frame sizes while a redisplay is in progress. */ |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
5999 |
21514 | 6000 void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6001 change_frame_size (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 6002 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6003 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6004 { |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6005 Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
6006 |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6007 if (FRAME_MSDOS_P (f)) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6008 { |
53229
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6009 /* On MS-DOS, all frames use the same screen, so a change in |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6010 size affects all frames. Termcap now supports multiple |
33c3c7c16e13
lib-src/emacsclient.c: Implemented --here option (open a new Emacs tty). Needs more work.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53226
diff
changeset
|
6011 ttys. */ |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6012 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
15395
b584c2db055f
(change_frame_size, remake_frame_glyphs): Use FRAME_WINDOW_P.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
15394
diff
changeset
|
6013 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (frame))) |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6014 change_frame_size_1 (XFRAME (frame), newheight, newwidth, |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6015 pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6016 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6017 else |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6018 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe); |
10770
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6019 } |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6020 |
79745e047484
(change_frame_size_1): New subroutine.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
10745
diff
changeset
|
6021 static void |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6022 change_frame_size_1 (f, newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe) |
25012 | 6023 register struct frame *f; |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6024 int newheight, newwidth, pretend, delay, safe; |
314 | 6025 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6026 int new_frame_total_cols; |
46293
1fb8f75062c6
Use macro SPECPDL_INDEX.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
44890
diff
changeset
|
6027 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
6028 |
314 | 6029 /* If we can't deal with the change now, queue it for later. */ |
25345
ca828f89fd6e
(do_pending_window_change): Add parameter `safe'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25318
diff
changeset
|
6030 if (delay || (redisplaying_p && !safe)) |
314 | 6031 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6032 f->new_text_lines = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6033 f->new_text_cols = newwidth; |
314 | 6034 delayed_size_change = 1; |
6035 return; | |
6036 } | |
6037 | |
764 | 6038 /* This size-change overrides any pending one for this frame. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6039 f->new_text_lines = 0; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6040 f->new_text_cols = 0; |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6041 |
3449
ad455da9b789
(do_pending_window_change): No need to clear
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
3357
diff
changeset
|
6042 /* If an argument is zero, set it to the current value. */ |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
6043 if (newheight == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6044 newheight = FRAME_LINES (f); |
15896
3a3c30116313
(change_frame_size_1): Clean up conditional.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
15687
diff
changeset
|
6045 if (newwidth == 0) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6046 newwidth = FRAME_COLS (f); |
25012 | 6047 |
6048 /* Compute width of windows in F. | |
6049 This is the width of the frame without vertical scroll bars. */ | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6050 new_frame_total_cols = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS_ARG (f, newwidth); |
16881
245ba9f2781a
(change_frame_size_1): Reject new sizes if they cause overflow.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16822
diff
changeset
|
6051 |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6052 /* Round up to the smallest acceptable size. */ |
25012 | 6053 check_frame_size (f, &newheight, &newwidth); |
960
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6054 |
17986889d3b6
* dispnew.c (Fredraw_frame): Call clear_frame_records before
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
764
diff
changeset
|
6055 /* If we're not changing the frame size, quit now. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6056 if (newheight == FRAME_LINES (f) |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6057 && new_frame_total_cols == FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 6058 return; |
6059 | |
15078 | 6060 BLOCK_INPUT; |
6061 | |
14286
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6062 #ifdef MSDOS |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6063 /* We only can set screen dimensions to certain values supported |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6064 by our video hardware. Try to find the smallest size greater |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6065 or equal to the requested dimensions. */ |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6066 dos_set_window_size (&newheight, &newwidth); |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6067 #endif |
5d42664b4e74
(change_frame_size_1) [MSDOS]: Support frame size
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14186
diff
changeset
|
6068 |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6069 if (newheight != FRAME_LINES (f)) |
314 | 6070 { |
25012 | 6071 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f) && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)) |
314 | 6072 { |
25012 | 6073 /* Frame has both root and mini-buffer. */ |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6074 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
25012 | 6075 FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)); |
6076 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), | |
6077 (newheight | |
6078 - 1 | |
6079 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f)), | |
6080 0); | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6081 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f))->top_line, |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6082 newheight - 1); |
25012 | 6083 set_window_height (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), 1, 0); |
314 | 6084 } |
6085 else | |
764 | 6086 /* Frame has just one top-level window. */ |
25012 | 6087 set_window_height (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), |
6088 newheight - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f), 0); | |
6089 | |
6090 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
6091 FrameRows (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newheight; |
314 | 6092 } |
6093 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6094 if (new_frame_total_cols != FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f)) |
314 | 6095 { |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6096 set_window_width (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 6097 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6098 set_window_width (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f), new_frame_total_cols, 0); |
25012 | 6099 |
6100 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (f) && !pretend) | |
53232
22aaf1e5fbe6
Full support for multiple terminal I/O (with some rough edges).
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53231
diff
changeset
|
6101 FrameCols (FRAME_TTY (f)) = newwidth; |
25012 | 6102 |
25544
693ca9ba497a
Change spelling of `toolbar' to `tool_bar' or `tool-bar'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25514
diff
changeset
|
6103 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)) |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6104 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->total_cols, newwidth); |
314 | 6105 } |
6106 | |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6107 FRAME_LINES (f) = newheight; |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6108 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, newwidth); |
25012 | 6109 |
6110 { | |
6111 struct window *w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f)); | |
6112 int text_area_x, text_area_y, text_area_width, text_area_height; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6113 |
25012 | 6114 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y, &text_area_width, |
6115 &text_area_height); | |
6116 if (w->cursor.x >= text_area_x + text_area_width) | |
6117 w->cursor.hpos = w->cursor.x = 0; | |
6118 if (w->cursor.y >= text_area_y + text_area_height) | |
6119 w->cursor.vpos = w->cursor.y = 0; | |
6120 } | |
6121 | |
6122 adjust_glyphs (f); | |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6123 calculate_costs (f); |
25012 | 6124 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
40512
d256f6fc9c05
(change_frame_size_1): Set frame's resized_p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
40334
diff
changeset
|
6125 f->resized_p = 1; |
15065 | 6126 |
6127 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6128 |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6129 record_unwind_protect (Fset_buffer, Fcurrent_buffer ()); |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6130 |
17282
5023bea28298
(change_frame_size_1): Call Fset_window_buffer,
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17015
diff
changeset
|
6131 /* This isn't quite a no-op: it runs window-configuration-change-hook. */ |
25012 | 6132 Fset_window_buffer (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6133 XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f))->buffer, Qt); |
19627
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6134 |
c6343f7a9c6c
(change_frame_size_1): Save current buffer
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19063
diff
changeset
|
6135 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
314 | 6136 } |
25012 | 6137 |
6138 | |
314 | 6139 |
25012 | 6140 /*********************************************************************** |
6141 Terminal Related Lisp Functions | |
6142 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6143 | |
6144 DEFUN ("open-termscript", Fopen_termscript, Sopen_termscript, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6145 1, 1, "FOpen termscript file: ", |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6146 doc: /* Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6147 FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6148 (file) |
25012 | 6149 Lisp_Object file; |
6150 { | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6151 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ()) != 0) |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6152 fclose (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ())); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6153 TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ()) = 0; |
25012 | 6154 |
6155 if (! NILP (file)) | |
6156 { | |
6157 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6158 TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ()) = fopen (SDATA (file), "w"); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6159 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ()) == 0) |
25012 | 6160 report_file_error ("Opening termscript", Fcons (file, Qnil)); |
6161 } | |
6162 return Qnil; | |
6163 } | |
6164 | |
6165 | |
314 | 6166 DEFUN ("send-string-to-terminal", Fsend_string_to_terminal, |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6167 Ssend_string_to_terminal, 1, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6168 doc: /* Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6169 Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6170 (string) |
14068
a3c83dde295e
(Fsend_string_to_terminal, Fsit_for): Harmonize arguments with
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
13526
diff
changeset
|
6171 Lisp_Object string; |
314 | 6172 { |
20618
d5acac3af6e3
(Fsend_string_to_terminal): Use size_byte.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
19627
diff
changeset
|
6173 /* ??? Perhaps we should do something special for multibyte strings here. */ |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6174 CHECK_STRING (string); |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6175 if (! FRAME_TERMCAP_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6176 error ("Current frame is not on a tty device"); |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6177 |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6178 if (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ())) |
314 | 6179 { |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6180 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6181 TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ())); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6182 fflush (TTY_TERMSCRIPT (CURTTY ())); |
314 | 6183 } |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6184 fwrite (SDATA (string), 1, SBYTES (string), |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6185 TTY_OUTPUT (CURTTY ())); |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6186 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (CURTTY ())); |
314 | 6187 return Qnil; |
6188 } | |
6189 | |
25012 | 6190 |
314 | 6191 DEFUN ("ding", Fding, Sding, 0, 1, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6192 doc: /* Beep, or flash the screen. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6193 Also, unless an argument is given, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6194 terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6195 (arg) |
314 | 6196 Lisp_Object arg; |
6197 { | |
493 | 6198 if (!NILP (arg)) |
314 | 6199 { |
649
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6200 if (noninteractive) |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6201 putchar (07); |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6202 else |
61deba7b73b6
*** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
587
diff
changeset
|
6203 ring_bell (); |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6204 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6205 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (CURTTY ())); |
314 | 6206 } |
6207 else | |
6208 bitch_at_user (); | |
6209 | |
6210 return Qnil; | |
6211 } | |
6212 | |
21514 | 6213 void |
314 | 6214 bitch_at_user () |
6215 { | |
6216 if (noninteractive) | |
6217 putchar (07); | |
25012 | 6218 else if (!INTERACTIVE) /* Stop executing a keyboard macro. */ |
314 | 6219 error ("Keyboard macro terminated by a command ringing the bell"); |
6220 else | |
6221 ring_bell (); | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6222 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (XFRAME (selected_frame))) |
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6223 fflush (TTY_OUTPUT (CURTTY ())); |
314 | 6224 } |
6225 | |
25012 | 6226 |
6227 | |
6228 /*********************************************************************** | |
6229 Sleeping, Waiting | |
6230 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6231 | |
314 | 6232 DEFUN ("sleep-for", Fsleep_for, Ssleep_for, 1, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6233 doc: /* Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6234 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6235 fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6236 additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6237 Emacs was built without floating point support. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6238 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6239 (seconds, milliseconds) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6240 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds; |
314 | 6241 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6242 int sec, usec; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6243 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6244 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6245 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6246 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6247 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6248 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6249 | |
6250 { | |
6251 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6252 sec = (int) duration; | |
6253 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6254 } | |
314 | 6255 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6256 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6257 if (sec == 0 && usec != 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6258 error ("millisecond `sleep-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6259 #endif |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6260 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6261 /* Assure that 0 <= usec < 1000000. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6262 if (usec < 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6263 { |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6264 /* We can't rely on the rounding being correct if usec is negative. */ |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6265 if (-1000000 < usec) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6266 sec--, usec += 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6267 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6268 sec -= -usec / 1000000, usec = 1000000 - (-usec % 1000000); |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6269 } |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6270 else |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6271 sec += usec / 1000000, usec %= 1000000; |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6272 |
14646
68fe10d1abd0
(Fsleep_for): Accept sub-second intervals.
Erik Naggum <erik@naggum.no>
parents:
14459
diff
changeset
|
6273 if (sec < 0 || (sec == 0 && usec == 0)) |
314 | 6274 return Qnil; |
6275 | |
650 | 6276 { |
6277 Lisp_Object zero; | |
6278 | |
9303
3115ae493c30
(direct_output_for_insert, direct_output_forward_char, change_frame_size,
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
9264
diff
changeset
|
6279 XSETFASTINT (zero, 0); |
650 | 6280 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, zero, 0); |
6281 } | |
587 | 6282 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6283 /* We should always have wait_reading_process_input; we have a dummy |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6284 implementation for systems which don't support subprocesses. */ |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6285 #if 0 |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6286 /* No wait_reading_process_input */ |
314 | 6287 immediate_quit = 1; |
6288 QUIT; | |
6289 | |
6290 #ifdef VMS | |
6291 sys_sleep (sec); | |
6292 #else /* not VMS */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6293 /* The reason this is done this way |
314 | 6294 (rather than defined (H_S) && defined (H_T)) |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6295 is because the VMS preprocessor doesn't grok `defined'. */ |
314 | 6296 #ifdef HAVE_SELECT |
554 | 6297 EMACS_GET_TIME (end_time); |
6298 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (timeout, sec, usec); | |
587 | 6299 EMACS_ADD_TIME (end_time, end_time, timeout); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6300 |
314 | 6301 while (1) |
6302 { | |
554 | 6303 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout); |
6304 EMACS_SUB_TIME (timeout, end_time, timeout); | |
6305 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (timeout) | |
6306 || !select (1, 0, 0, 0, &timeout)) | |
314 | 6307 break; |
6308 } | |
6309 #else /* not HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6310 sleep (sec); | |
6311 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ | |
6312 #endif /* not VMS */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6313 |
314 | 6314 immediate_quit = 0; |
6315 #endif /* no subprocesses */ | |
6316 | |
6317 return Qnil; | |
6318 } | |
6319 | |
25012 | 6320 |
650 | 6321 /* This is just like wait_reading_process_input, except that |
6322 it does the redisplay. | |
6323 | |
5223
db2e7e6a488e
(Fsit_for): Call prepare_menu_bars.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
5218
diff
changeset
|
6324 It's also much like Fsit_for, except that it can be used for |
11411
91bcce2fd486
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Ignore buffers whose names start with space.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
11235
diff
changeset
|
6325 waiting for input as well. */ |
650 | 6326 |
6327 Lisp_Object | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6328 sit_for (sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display) |
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6329 int sec, usec, reading, display, initial_display; |
314 | 6330 { |
650 | 6331 Lisp_Object read_kbd; |
314 | 6332 |
14964
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6333 swallow_events (display); |
9938201005a3
(sit_for): Call swallow_events.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
14903
diff
changeset
|
6334 |
43729
5b4c5b84bb9d
(sit_for): Don't wait if executing a kbd macro.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
43713
diff
changeset
|
6335 if (detect_input_pending_run_timers (display) || !NILP (Vexecuting_macro)) |
314 | 6336 return Qnil; |
650 | 6337 |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6338 if (initial_display) |
35336
002c02db42d3
Call redisplay_preserve_echo_area with additional arg.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
35307
diff
changeset
|
6339 redisplay_preserve_echo_area (2); |
314 | 6340 |
673 | 6341 if (sec == 0 && usec == 0) |
6342 return Qt; | |
6343 | |
314 | 6344 #ifdef SIGIO |
1915
98ecf99d7b1a
* dispnew.c (sit_for): Pass the correct number of arguments to
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
1872
diff
changeset
|
6345 gobble_input (0); |
650 | 6346 #endif |
6347 | |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6348 XSETINT (read_kbd, reading ? -1 : 1); |
650 | 6349 wait_reading_process_input (sec, usec, read_kbd, display); |
6350 | |
314 | 6351 return detect_input_pending () ? Qnil : Qt; |
6352 } | |
6353 | |
25012 | 6354 |
650 | 6355 DEFUN ("sit-for", Fsit_for, Ssit_for, 1, 3, 0, |
40979 | 6356 doc: /* Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6357 SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6358 fraction of a second. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6359 \(Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6360 Optional arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6361 Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6362 if input is available before it starts. |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6363 Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving. |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6364 |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6365 An obsolete but still supported form is |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6366 \(sit-for SECONDS &optional MILLISECONDS NODISP) |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6367 Where the optional arg MILLISECONDS specifies an additional wait period, |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6368 in milliseconds; this was useful when Emacs was built without |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6369 floating point support. |
51413
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6370 usage: (sit-for SECONDS &optional NODISP OLD-NODISP) */) |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6371 |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6372 /* The `old-nodisp' stuff is there so that the arglist has the correct |
d40ff6314d84
(Fsit_for): Don't lie about the number of args.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51232
diff
changeset
|
6373 length. Otherwise, `defdvice' will redefine it with fewer args. */ |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6374 (seconds, milliseconds, nodisp) |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6375 Lisp_Object seconds, milliseconds, nodisp; |
650 | 6376 { |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6377 int sec, usec; |
650 | 6378 |
50589
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6379 if (NILP (nodisp) && !NUMBERP (milliseconds)) |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6380 { /* New style. */ |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6381 nodisp = milliseconds; |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6382 milliseconds = Qnil; |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6383 } |
cf8d9d62ba1e
(Fsit_For): Support XEmacs-style arg list.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
50218
diff
changeset
|
6384 |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6385 if (NILP (milliseconds)) |
9264
9338a124ea84
(redraw_frame, Fsleep_for, sit_for, Fsit_for): Use new accessor macros instead
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
8903
diff
changeset
|
6386 XSETINT (milliseconds, 0); |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6387 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6388 CHECK_NUMBER (milliseconds); |
2648 | 6389 usec = XINT (milliseconds) * 1000; |
6390 | |
6391 { | |
6392 double duration = extract_float (seconds); | |
6393 sec = (int) duration; | |
6394 usec += (duration - sec) * 1000000; | |
6395 } | |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6396 |
650 | 6397 #ifndef EMACS_HAS_USECS |
2291
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6398 if (usec != 0 && sec == 0) |
bee5c1693cac
* dispnew.c (Fsleep_for): Make this take two arguments SECONDS and
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2288
diff
changeset
|
6399 error ("millisecond `sit-for' not supported on %s", SYSTEM_TYPE); |
650 | 6400 #endif |
6401 | |
17961
86ae1679df19
(sit_for): New arg initial_display.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
17895
diff
changeset
|
6402 return sit_for (sec, usec, 0, NILP (nodisp), NILP (nodisp)); |
650 | 6403 } |
25012 | 6404 |
6405 | |
314 | 6406 |
25012 | 6407 /*********************************************************************** |
6408 Other Lisp Functions | |
6409 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6410 | |
6411 /* A vector of size >= 2 * NFRAMES + 3 * NBUFFERS + 1, containing the | |
6412 session's frames, frame names, buffers, buffer-read-only flags, and | |
6413 buffer-modified-flags, and a trailing sentinel (so we don't need to | |
6414 add length checks). */ | |
6415 | |
6416 static Lisp_Object frame_and_buffer_state; | |
6417 | |
6418 | |
6419 DEFUN ("frame-or-buffer-changed-p", Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p, | |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6420 Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p, 0, 0, 0, |
40979 | 6421 doc: /* Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6422 The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6423 aside from buffers whose names start with space, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6424 along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6425 check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6426 If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6427 the current state. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6428 () |
25012 | 6429 { |
6430 Lisp_Object tail, frame, buf; | |
6431 Lisp_Object *vecp; | |
6432 int n; | |
6433 | |
6434 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6435 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6436 { | |
6437 if (!EQ (*vecp++, frame)) | |
6438 goto changed; | |
6439 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XFRAME (frame)->name)) | |
6440 goto changed; | |
6441 } | |
6442 /* Check that the buffer info matches. | |
6443 No need to test for the end of the vector | |
6444 because the last element of the vector is lambda | |
6445 and that will always cause a mismatch. */ | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6446 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6447 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6448 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6449 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6450 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6451 continue; |
6452 if (!EQ (*vecp++, buf)) | |
6453 goto changed; | |
6454 if (!EQ (*vecp++, XBUFFER (buf)->read_only)) | |
6455 goto changed; | |
6456 if (!EQ (*vecp++, Fbuffer_modified_p (buf))) | |
6457 goto changed; | |
6458 } | |
6459 /* Detect deletion of a buffer at the end of the list. */ | |
6460 if (EQ (*vecp, Qlambda)) | |
6461 return Qnil; | |
6462 changed: | |
6463 /* Start with 1 so there is room for at least one lambda at the end. */ | |
6464 n = 1; | |
6465 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6466 n += 2; | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6467 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6468 n += 3; |
6469 /* Reallocate the vector if it's grown, or if it's shrunk a lot. */ | |
6470 if (n > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size | |
6471 || n + 20 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size / 2) | |
6472 /* Add 20 extra so we grow it less often. */ | |
6473 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (n + 20), Qlambda); | |
6474 vecp = XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents; | |
6475 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) | |
6476 { | |
6477 *vecp++ = frame; | |
6478 *vecp++ = XFRAME (frame)->name; | |
6479 } | |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6480 for (tail = Vbuffer_alist; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
25012 | 6481 { |
26164
d39ec0a27081
more XCAR/XCDR/XFLOAT_DATA uses, to help isolete lisp engine
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
26088
diff
changeset
|
6482 buf = XCDR (XCAR (tail)); |
25012 | 6483 /* Ignore buffers that aren't included in buffer lists. */ |
46370
40db0673e6f0
Most uses of XSTRING combined with STRING_BYTES or indirection changed to
Ken Raeburn <raeburn@raeburn.org>
parents:
46293
diff
changeset
|
6484 if (SREF (XBUFFER (buf)->name, 0) == ' ') |
25012 | 6485 continue; |
6486 *vecp++ = buf; | |
6487 *vecp++ = XBUFFER (buf)->read_only; | |
6488 *vecp++ = Fbuffer_modified_p (buf); | |
6489 } | |
6490 /* Fill up the vector with lambdas (always at least one). */ | |
6491 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6492 while (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6493 < XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6494 *vecp++ = Qlambda; | |
6495 /* Make sure we didn't overflow the vector. */ | |
6496 if (vecp - XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->contents | |
6497 > XVECTOR (frame_and_buffer_state)->size) | |
6498 abort (); | |
6499 return Qt; | |
6500 } | |
6501 | |
6502 | |
6503 | |
6504 /*********************************************************************** | |
6505 Initialization | |
6506 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6507 | |
6508 /* Initialization done when Emacs fork is started, before doing stty. | |
6509 Determine terminal type and set terminal_driver. Then invoke its | |
6510 decoding routine to set up variables in the terminal package. */ | |
314 | 6511 |
21514 | 6512 void |
314 | 6513 init_display () |
6514 { | |
53226
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6515 char *terminal_type; |
dd3018b4785b
Implemented multiple tty support.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
53225
diff
changeset
|
6516 |
314 | 6517 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
6518 extern int display_arg; | |
6519 #endif | |
6520 | |
25012 | 6521 /* Construct the space glyph. */ |
6522 space_glyph.type = CHAR_GLYPH; | |
6523 SET_CHAR_GLYPH_FROM_GLYPH (space_glyph, ' '); | |
6524 space_glyph.charpos = -1; | |
6525 | |
314 | 6526 inverse_video = 0; |
6527 cursor_in_echo_area = 0; | |
6528 terminal_type = (char *) 0; | |
6529 | |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6530 /* Now is the time to initialize this; it's used by init_sys_modes |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6531 during startup. */ |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6532 Vwindow_system = Qnil; |
314 | 6533 |
2339
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6534 /* If the user wants to use a window system, we shouldn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6535 initializing the terminal. This is especially important when the |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6536 terminal is so dumb that emacs gives up before and doesn't bother |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6537 using the window system. |
a302de11debf
* dispnew.c (init_display): Initialize Vwindow_system.
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2292
diff
changeset
|
6538 |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6539 If the DISPLAY environment variable is set and nonempty, |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6540 try to use X, and die with an error message if that doesn't work. */ |
314 | 6541 |
6542 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS | |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6543 if (! display_arg) |
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6544 { |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6545 char *display; |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6546 #ifdef VMS |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6547 display = getenv ("DECW$DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6548 #else |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6549 display = getenv ("DISPLAY"); |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6550 #endif |
14125
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6551 |
2f222e8b06f5
(init_display): Treat null string DISPLAY var like not set.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
14068
diff
changeset
|
6552 display_arg = (display != 0 && *display != 0); |
2364 | 6553 } |
2359
90a5f91329f3
* dispnew.c (init_display): Get display name from environment
Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
parents:
2339
diff
changeset
|
6554 |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6555 if (!inhibit_window_system && display_arg |
18774
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6556 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6557 && initialized |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6558 #endif |
95b4ac950a5d
(init_display): Go ahead and prepare for
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
18015
diff
changeset
|
6559 ) |
314 | 6560 { |
6561 Vwindow_system = intern ("x"); | |
6562 #ifdef HAVE_X11 | |
6563 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (11); | |
6564 #else | |
6565 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (10); | |
6566 #endif | |
41969
e669966d496e
Test GNU_LINUX, not LINUX.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
41120
diff
changeset
|
6567 #if defined (GNU_LINUX) && defined (HAVE_LIBNCURSES) |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6568 /* In some versions of ncurses, |
15282 | 6569 tputs crashes if we have not called tgetent. |
15273
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6570 So call tgetent. */ |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6571 { char b[2044]; tgetent (b, "xterm");} |
db889dd732a1
(init_display) [HAVE_LIBNCURSES]: If X, call tgetent.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
15078
diff
changeset
|
6572 #endif |
25012 | 6573 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
314 | 6574 return; |
6575 } | |
6576 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ | |
6577 | |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6578 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6579 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6580 { |
16589
ec300a10e407
(init_display) [HAVE_NTGUI]: Use w32 for window-system.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
16412
diff
changeset
|
6581 Vwindow_system = intern ("w32"); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6582 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
25012 | 6583 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
13408
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6584 return; |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6585 } |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6586 #endif /* HAVE_NTGUI */ |
7e92386e1cf7
[HAVE_NTGUI]: Include w32term.h.
Geoff Voelker <voelker@cs.washington.edu>
parents:
13220
diff
changeset
|
6587 |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6588 #ifdef MAC_OS |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6589 if (!inhibit_window_system) |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6590 { |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6591 Vwindow_system = intern ("mac"); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6592 Vwindow_system_version = make_number (1); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6593 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6594 return; |
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6595 } |
44890
01b93e5e53a7
Patch for building Emacs on Mac OS X. April 26, 2002. See ChangeLog,
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
44815
diff
changeset
|
6596 #endif /* MAC_OS */ |
32752
923b8d6d8277
Initial check-in: changes for building Emacs under Mac OS.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents:
32468
diff
changeset
|
6597 |
314 | 6598 /* If no window system has been specified, try to use the terminal. */ |
6599 if (! isatty (0)) | |
6600 { | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6601 fatal ("standard input is not a tty"); |
314 | 6602 exit (1); |
6603 } | |
6604 | |
42835
38f2be5a65fd
(update_frame): Move the variable `tem' to the block where it is used.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
41969
diff
changeset
|
6605 /* Look at the TERM variable. */ |
314 | 6606 terminal_type = (char *) getenv ("TERM"); |
6607 if (!terminal_type) | |
6608 { | |
6609 #ifdef VMS | |
6610 fprintf (stderr, "Please specify your terminal type.\n\ | |
6611 For types defined in VMS, use set term /device=TYPE.\n\ | |
6612 For types not defined in VMS, use define emacs_term \"TYPE\".\n\ | |
6613 \(The quotation marks are necessary since terminal types are lower case.)\n"); | |
6614 #else | |
6615 fprintf (stderr, "Please set the environment variable TERM; see tset(1).\n"); | |
6616 #endif | |
6617 exit (1); | |
6618 } | |
6619 | |
6620 #ifdef VMS | |
25012 | 6621 /* VMS DCL tends to up-case things, so down-case term type. |
314 | 6622 Hardly any uppercase letters in terminal types; should be none. */ |
6623 { | |
6624 char *new = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (terminal_type) + 1); | |
6625 char *p; | |
6626 | |
6627 strcpy (new, terminal_type); | |
6628 | |
6629 for (p = new; *p; p++) | |
6630 if (isupper (*p)) | |
6631 *p = tolower (*p); | |
6632 | |
6633 terminal_type = new; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6634 } |
25012 | 6635 #endif /* VMS */ |
314 | 6636 |
53341 | 6637 { |
82989
f3845715a5f6
Separate frame-local, tty-dependent parameters from tty-local parameters.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82987
diff
changeset
|
6638 struct tty_display_info *tty; |
53341 | 6639 |
6640 tty = term_init (selected_frame, 0, terminal_type); | |
82990
2ecd1f669db9
Fixed X support, preliminary support for X-tty combo sessions.
Karoly Lorentey <lorentey@elte.hu>
parents:
82989
diff
changeset
|
6641 change_frame_size (XFRAME (selected_frame), FrameRows (tty), FrameCols (tty), 0, 0, 1); |
53341 | 6642 } |
6643 | |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6644 { |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6645 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
51193
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6646 int width = FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (sf); |
d47b56221a15
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50589
diff
changeset
|
6647 int height = FRAME_LINES (sf); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6648 |
25012 | 6649 unsigned int total_glyphs = height * (width + 2) * sizeof (struct glyph); |
6650 | |
6651 /* If these sizes are so big they cause overflow, just ignore the | |
6652 change. It's not clear what better we could do. */ | |
6653 if (total_glyphs / sizeof (struct glyph) / height != width + 2) | |
16896
b2c51d6de440
(init_display): Use `fatal'.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16891
diff
changeset
|
6654 fatal ("screen size %dx%d too big", width, height); |
16891
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6655 } |
989845750a4d
(init_display): Check for overflow in screen size.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
16881
diff
changeset
|
6656 |
25012 | 6657 adjust_frame_glyphs_initially (); |
25666
063da8f6a487
(selected_frame): Make it a Lisp_Object.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
25546
diff
changeset
|
6658 calculate_costs (XFRAME (selected_frame)); |
314 | 6659 |
6660 #ifdef SIGWINCH | |
6661 #ifndef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6662 if (initialized) | |
6663 #endif /* CANNOT_DUMP */ | |
6664 signal (SIGWINCH, window_change_signal); | |
6665 #endif /* SIGWINCH */ | |
25012 | 6666 |
6667 /* Set up faces of the initial terminal frame of a dumped Emacs. */ | |
6668 if (initialized | |
6669 && !noninteractive | |
25118
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6670 #ifdef MSDOS |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6671 /* The MSDOS terminal turns on its ``window system'' relatively |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6672 late into the startup, so we cannot do the frame faces' |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6673 initialization just yet. It will be done later by pc-win.el |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6674 and internal_terminal_init. */ |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6675 && (strcmp (terminal_type, "internal") != 0 || inhibit_window_system) |
08ae9ffe6763
(init_display) [MSDOS]: Don't initialize frame faces,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
25012
diff
changeset
|
6676 #endif |
25012 | 6677 && NILP (Vwindow_system)) |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6678 { |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6679 /* For the initial frame, we don't have any way of knowing what |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6680 are the foreground and background colors of the terminal. */ |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6681 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME(); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6682 |
26902
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6683 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_FG_COLOR; |
264b83a3a688
Changes for separate unspecified foreground and background colors
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26851
diff
changeset
|
6684 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (sf) = FACE_TTY_DEFAULT_BG_COLOR; |
26729
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6685 call0 (intern ("tty-set-up-initial-frame-faces")); |
f5dded41adcc
Changes for automatic remapping of X colors on terminal frames:
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
26591
diff
changeset
|
6686 } |
314 | 6687 } |
25012 | 6688 |
6689 | |
314 | 6690 |
25012 | 6691 /*********************************************************************** |
6692 Blinking cursor | |
6693 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6694 | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6695 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor", Finternal_show_cursor, |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6696 Sinternal_show_cursor, 2, 2, 0, |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6697 doc: /* Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6698 WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6699 show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6700 don't show a cursor. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6701 (window, show) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6702 Lisp_Object window, show; |
25012 | 6703 { |
6704 /* Don't change cursor state while redisplaying. This could confuse | |
6705 output routines. */ | |
6706 if (!redisplaying_p) | |
6707 { | |
6708 if (NILP (window)) | |
6709 window = selected_window; | |
6710 else | |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6711 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6712 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6713 XWINDOW (window)->cursor_off_p = NILP (show); |
25012 | 6714 } |
6715 | |
6716 return Qnil; | |
6717 } | |
6718 | |
6719 | |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6720 DEFUN ("internal-show-cursor-p", Finternal_show_cursor_p, |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6721 Sinternal_show_cursor_p, 0, 1, 0, |
40979 | 6722 doc: /* Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6723 WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. */) |
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6724 (window) |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6725 Lisp_Object window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6726 { |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6727 struct window *w; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6728 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6729 if (NILP (window)) |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6730 window = selected_window; |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6731 else |
40656
cdfd4d09b79a
Update usage of CHECK_ macros (remove unused second argument).
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents:
40512
diff
changeset
|
6732 CHECK_WINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6733 |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6734 w = XWINDOW (window); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6735 return w->cursor_off_p ? Qnil : Qt; |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6736 } |
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6737 |
25012 | 6738 |
6739 /*********************************************************************** | |
6740 Initialization | |
6741 ***********************************************************************/ | |
6742 | |
21514 | 6743 void |
314 | 6744 syms_of_display () |
6745 { | |
764 | 6746 defsubr (&Sredraw_frame); |
314 | 6747 defsubr (&Sredraw_display); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6748 defsubr (&Sframe_or_buffer_changed_p); |
314 | 6749 defsubr (&Sopen_termscript); |
6750 defsubr (&Sding); | |
6751 defsubr (&Ssit_for); | |
6752 defsubr (&Ssleep_for); | |
6753 defsubr (&Ssend_string_to_terminal); | |
26280
083835afced5
(Finternal_show_cursor): Renamed from Fshow_cursor.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26164
diff
changeset
|
6754 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor); |
26334
e3a9ceb7a557
(Finternal_show_cursor): Change it to set the
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
26280
diff
changeset
|
6755 defsubr (&Sinternal_show_cursor_p); |
314 | 6756 |
34893
779bd3fa820e
Use #if GLYPH_DEBUG instead of #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34866
diff
changeset
|
6757 #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
34866
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6758 defsubr (&Sdump_redisplay_history); |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6759 #endif |
4f47fc699608
(struct redisplay_history) [GLYPH_DEBUG]: New.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
34849
diff
changeset
|
6760 |
12186
6811992e871c
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): Calculate vector size right.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
11919
diff
changeset
|
6761 frame_and_buffer_state = Fmake_vector (make_number (20), Qlambda); |
7810
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6762 staticpro (&frame_and_buffer_state); |
15c0bf73737e
(Fframe_or_buffer_changed_p): New function.
Karl Heuer <kwzh@gnu.org>
parents:
7808
diff
changeset
|
6763 |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6764 Qdisplay_table = intern ("display-table"); |
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6765 staticpro (&Qdisplay_table); |
30720
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6766 Qredisplay_dont_pause = intern ("redisplay-dont-pause"); |
64f3338f72d8
(Qredisplay_dont_pause): New variable.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
30713
diff
changeset
|
6767 staticpro (&Qredisplay_dont_pause); |
13220
2e9014617492
(Qdisplay_table): New variable.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
13105
diff
changeset
|
6768 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6769 DEFVAR_INT ("baud-rate", &baud_rate, |
40979 | 6770 doc: /* *The output baud rate of the terminal. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6771 On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6772 and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6773 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6774 DEFVAR_BOOL ("inverse-video", &inverse_video, |
40979 | 6775 doc: /* *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6776 This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6777 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6778 DEFVAR_BOOL ("visible-bell", &visible_bell, |
40979 | 6779 doc: /* *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. |
40334
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6780 |
bee6cc2e8a90
(syms_of_display) <visible-bell>: Add a reference to
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
40271
diff
changeset
|
6781 See also `ring-bell-function'. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6782 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6783 DEFVAR_BOOL ("no-redraw-on-reenter", &no_redraw_on_reenter, |
40979 | 6784 doc: /* *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6785 A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6786 Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6787 It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6788 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6789 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system", &Vwindow_system, |
41025
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6790 doc: /* Name of window system that Emacs is displaying through. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6791 The value is a symbol--for instance, `x' for X windows. |
4feeae90afa4
(syms_of_display): Doc fix.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
40979
diff
changeset
|
6792 The value is nil if Emacs is using a text-only terminal. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6793 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6794 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-system-version", &Vwindow_system_version, |
40979 | 6795 doc: /* The version number of the window system in use. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6796 For X windows, this is 10 or 11. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6797 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6798 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-echo-area", &cursor_in_echo_area, |
40979 | 6799 doc: /* Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there. */); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49322
diff
changeset
|
6800 |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6801 DEFVAR_LISP ("glyph-table", &Vglyph_table, |
40979 | 6802 doc: /* Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6803 If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6804 Each element can be: |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6805 integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6806 string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6807 nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6808 and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use |
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6809 while outputting it. */); |
314 | 6810 Vglyph_table = Qnil; |
6811 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6812 DEFVAR_LISP ("standard-display-table", &Vstandard_display_table, |
40979 | 6813 doc: /* Display table to use for buffers that specify none. |
39914
91951fb5b9e5
Put doc strings in comments.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
39682
diff
changeset
|
6814 See `buffer-display-table' for more information. */); |
314 | 6815 Vstandard_display_table = Qnil; |
6816 | |
39988
eac4e9ae201c
Change doc-string comments to `new style' [w/`doc:' keyword].
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents:
39954
diff
changeset
|
6817 DEFVAR_BOOL ("redisplay-dont-pause", &redisplay_dont_pause, |
40979 | 6818 doc: /* *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected. */); |
25012 | 6819 redisplay_dont_pause = 0; |
6820 | |
314 | 6821 /* Initialize `window-system', unless init_display already decided it. */ |
6822 #ifdef CANNOT_DUMP | |
6823 if (noninteractive) | |
6824 #endif | |
6825 { | |
6826 Vwindow_system = Qnil; | |
6827 Vwindow_system_version = Qnil; | |
6828 } | |
6829 } | |
52401 | 6830 |
6831 /* arch-tag: 8d812b1f-04a2-4195-a9c4-381f8457a413 | |
6832 (do not change this comment) */ |